| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- GVN.cpp - Eliminate redundant values and loads ---------------------===// | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | // | 
|  | 3 | //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | 
|  | 4 | // | 
| Chris Lattner | f3ebc3f | 2007-12-29 20:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | 
|  | 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // | 
|  | 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 9 | // | 
|  | 10 | // This pass performs global value numbering to eliminate fully redundant | 
|  | 11 | // instructions.  It also performs simple dead load elimination. | 
|  | 12 | // | 
| John Criswell | 073e4d1 | 2009-03-10 15:04:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | // Note that this pass does the value numbering itself; it does not use the | 
| Matthijs Kooijman | 5afc274 | 2008-06-05 07:55:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 14 | // ValueNumbering analysis passes. | 
|  | 15 | // | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 17 |  | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | aafe091 | 2012-06-29 12:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" | 
|  | 20 | #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h" | 
|  | 21 | #include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h" | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h" | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h" | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | 8a8cd2b | 2014-01-07 11:48:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | aafe091 | 2012-06-29 12:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" | 
| Owen Anderson | 09b83ba | 2007-10-18 19:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" | 
| Nick Lewycky | 0b68245 | 2013-07-27 01:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include "llvm/Analysis/CFG.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | 7b560d4 | 2015-09-09 17:55:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | #include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h" | 
| Duncan Sands | 246b71c | 2010-11-12 21:10:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" | 
| Dan Gohman | 826bdf8 | 2010-05-28 16:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h" | 
| Victor Hernandez | f390e04 | 2009-10-27 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | 972e6d8 | 2009-12-09 01:59:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | #include "llvm/Analysis/PHITransAddr.h" | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 799003b | 2015-03-23 19:32:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | 5ad5f15 | 2014-01-13 09:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" | 
|  | 42 | #include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h" | 
|  | 43 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" | 
|  | 44 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" | 
|  | 45 | #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | 820a908 | 2014-03-04 11:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h" | 
| Chandler Carruth | aafe091 | 2012-06-29 12:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" | 
|  | 48 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 799003b | 2015-03-23 19:32:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h" | 
| Rafael Espindola | ea46c32 | 2014-08-15 15:46:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h" | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | #include <vector> | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | using namespace llvm; | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | using namespace llvm::gvn; | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | using namespace PatternMatch; | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 |  | 
| Chandler Carruth | 964daaa | 2014-04-22 02:55:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "gvn" | 
|  | 59 |  | 
| Bill Wendling | 3c79344 | 2008-12-22 22:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | STATISTIC(NumGVNInstr,  "Number of instructions deleted"); | 
|  | 61 | STATISTIC(NumGVNLoad,   "Number of loads deleted"); | 
|  | 62 | STATISTIC(NumGVNPRE,    "Number of instructions PRE'd"); | 
| Owen Anderson | 53d546e | 2008-07-15 16:28:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | STATISTIC(NumGVNBlocks, "Number of blocks merged"); | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 | STATISTIC(NumGVNSimpl,  "Number of instructions simplified"); | 
|  | 65 | STATISTIC(NumGVNEqProp, "Number of equalities propagated"); | 
| Bill Wendling | 3c79344 | 2008-12-22 22:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | STATISTIC(NumPRELoad,   "Number of loads PRE'd"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 168be76 | 2008-03-22 04:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 |  | 
| Evan Cheng | 9598f93 | 2008-06-20 01:01:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | static cl::opt<bool> EnablePRE("enable-pre", | 
| Owen Anderson | addbe3e | 2008-07-17 19:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | cl::init(true), cl::Hidden); | 
| Dan Gohman | a8f8a85 | 2009-06-15 18:30:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | static cl::opt<bool> EnableLoadPRE("enable-load-pre", cl::init(true)); | 
| Owen Anderson | e780d66 | 2008-06-19 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 |  | 
| Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | // Maximum allowed recursion depth. | 
| David Blaikie | 84e4b39 | 2012-04-27 19:30:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | static cl::opt<uint32_t> | 
| Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | MaxRecurseDepth("max-recurse-depth", cl::Hidden, cl::init(1000), cl::ZeroOrMore, | 
|  | 75 | cl::desc("Max recurse depth (default = 1000)")); | 
|  | 76 |  | 
| Chandler Carruth | ace8c8f | 2016-03-11 16:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | struct llvm::GVN::Expression { | 
| Chandler Carruth | 7776377 | 2016-03-10 00:58:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | uint32_t opcode; | 
|  | 79 | Type *type; | 
|  | 80 | SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> varargs; | 
|  | 81 |  | 
|  | 82 | Expression(uint32_t o = ~2U) : opcode(o) {} | 
|  | 83 |  | 
|  | 84 | bool operator==(const Expression &other) const { | 
|  | 85 | if (opcode != other.opcode) | 
|  | 86 | return false; | 
|  | 87 | if (opcode == ~0U || opcode == ~1U) | 
|  | 88 | return true; | 
|  | 89 | if (type != other.type) | 
|  | 90 | return false; | 
|  | 91 | if (varargs != other.varargs) | 
|  | 92 | return false; | 
|  | 93 | return true; | 
|  | 94 | } | 
|  | 95 |  | 
|  | 96 | friend hash_code hash_value(const Expression &Value) { | 
|  | 97 | return hash_combine( | 
|  | 98 | Value.opcode, Value.type, | 
|  | 99 | hash_combine_range(Value.varargs.begin(), Value.varargs.end())); | 
|  | 100 | } | 
|  | 101 | }; | 
|  | 102 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | namespace llvm { | 
| Chandler Carruth | ace8c8f | 2016-03-11 16:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<GVN::Expression> { | 
|  | 105 | static inline GVN::Expression getEmptyKey() { return ~0U; } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 |  | 
| Chandler Carruth | ace8c8f | 2016-03-11 16:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 | static inline GVN::Expression getTombstoneKey() { return ~1U; } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 |  | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 1afc1de | 2016-06-17 20:41:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | static unsigned getHashValue(const GVN::Expression &e) { | 
| Chandler Carruth | e134d1a | 2012-03-05 11:29:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | using llvm::hash_value; | 
|  | 111 | return static_cast<unsigned>(hash_value(e)); | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | } | 
| Chandler Carruth | ace8c8f | 2016-03-11 16:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | static bool isEqual(const GVN::Expression &LHS, const GVN::Expression &RHS) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0625bd6 | 2007-09-17 18:34:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | return LHS == RHS; | 
|  | 115 | } | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | }; | 
| Chandler Carruth | 7776377 | 2016-03-10 00:58:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | } // End llvm namespace. | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 |  | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | /// Represents a particular available value that we know how to materialize. | 
|  | 120 | /// Materialization of an AvailableValue never fails.  An AvailableValue is | 
|  | 121 | /// implicitly associated with a rematerialization point which is the | 
|  | 122 | /// location of the instruction from which it was formed. | 
|  | 123 | struct llvm::gvn::AvailableValue { | 
|  | 124 | enum ValType { | 
|  | 125 | SimpleVal, // A simple offsetted value that is accessed. | 
|  | 126 | LoadVal,   // A value produced by a load. | 
|  | 127 | MemIntrin, // A memory intrinsic which is loaded from. | 
|  | 128 | UndefVal   // A UndefValue representing a value from dead block (which | 
|  | 129 | // is not yet physically removed from the CFG). | 
|  | 130 | }; | 
|  | 131 |  | 
|  | 132 | /// V - The value that is live out of the block. | 
|  | 133 | PointerIntPair<Value *, 2, ValType> Val; | 
|  | 134 |  | 
|  | 135 | /// Offset - The byte offset in Val that is interesting for the load query. | 
|  | 136 | unsigned Offset; | 
|  | 137 |  | 
|  | 138 | static AvailableValue get(Value *V, unsigned Offset = 0) { | 
|  | 139 | AvailableValue Res; | 
|  | 140 | Res.Val.setPointer(V); | 
|  | 141 | Res.Val.setInt(SimpleVal); | 
|  | 142 | Res.Offset = Offset; | 
|  | 143 | return Res; | 
|  | 144 | } | 
|  | 145 |  | 
|  | 146 | static AvailableValue getMI(MemIntrinsic *MI, unsigned Offset = 0) { | 
|  | 147 | AvailableValue Res; | 
|  | 148 | Res.Val.setPointer(MI); | 
|  | 149 | Res.Val.setInt(MemIntrin); | 
|  | 150 | Res.Offset = Offset; | 
|  | 151 | return Res; | 
|  | 152 | } | 
|  | 153 |  | 
|  | 154 | static AvailableValue getLoad(LoadInst *LI, unsigned Offset = 0) { | 
|  | 155 | AvailableValue Res; | 
|  | 156 | Res.Val.setPointer(LI); | 
|  | 157 | Res.Val.setInt(LoadVal); | 
|  | 158 | Res.Offset = Offset; | 
|  | 159 | return Res; | 
|  | 160 | } | 
|  | 161 |  | 
|  | 162 | static AvailableValue getUndef() { | 
|  | 163 | AvailableValue Res; | 
|  | 164 | Res.Val.setPointer(nullptr); | 
|  | 165 | Res.Val.setInt(UndefVal); | 
|  | 166 | Res.Offset = 0; | 
|  | 167 | return Res; | 
|  | 168 | } | 
|  | 169 |  | 
|  | 170 | bool isSimpleValue() const { return Val.getInt() == SimpleVal; } | 
|  | 171 | bool isCoercedLoadValue() const { return Val.getInt() == LoadVal; } | 
|  | 172 | bool isMemIntrinValue() const { return Val.getInt() == MemIntrin; } | 
|  | 173 | bool isUndefValue() const { return Val.getInt() == UndefVal; } | 
|  | 174 |  | 
|  | 175 | Value *getSimpleValue() const { | 
|  | 176 | assert(isSimpleValue() && "Wrong accessor"); | 
|  | 177 | return Val.getPointer(); | 
|  | 178 | } | 
|  | 179 |  | 
|  | 180 | LoadInst *getCoercedLoadValue() const { | 
|  | 181 | assert(isCoercedLoadValue() && "Wrong accessor"); | 
|  | 182 | return cast<LoadInst>(Val.getPointer()); | 
|  | 183 | } | 
|  | 184 |  | 
|  | 185 | MemIntrinsic *getMemIntrinValue() const { | 
|  | 186 | assert(isMemIntrinValue() && "Wrong accessor"); | 
|  | 187 | return cast<MemIntrinsic>(Val.getPointer()); | 
|  | 188 | } | 
|  | 189 |  | 
|  | 190 | /// Emit code at the specified insertion point to adjust the value defined | 
|  | 191 | /// here to the specified type. This handles various coercion cases. | 
|  | 192 | Value *MaterializeAdjustedValue(LoadInst *LI, Instruction *InsertPt, | 
|  | 193 | GVN &gvn) const; | 
|  | 194 | }; | 
|  | 195 |  | 
|  | 196 | /// Represents an AvailableValue which can be rematerialized at the end of | 
|  | 197 | /// the associated BasicBlock. | 
|  | 198 | struct llvm::gvn::AvailableValueInBlock { | 
|  | 199 | /// BB - The basic block in question. | 
|  | 200 | BasicBlock *BB; | 
|  | 201 |  | 
|  | 202 | /// AV - The actual available value | 
|  | 203 | AvailableValue AV; | 
|  | 204 |  | 
|  | 205 | static AvailableValueInBlock get(BasicBlock *BB, AvailableValue &&AV) { | 
|  | 206 | AvailableValueInBlock Res; | 
|  | 207 | Res.BB = BB; | 
|  | 208 | Res.AV = std::move(AV); | 
|  | 209 | return Res; | 
|  | 210 | } | 
|  | 211 |  | 
|  | 212 | static AvailableValueInBlock get(BasicBlock *BB, Value *V, | 
|  | 213 | unsigned Offset = 0) { | 
|  | 214 | return get(BB, AvailableValue::get(V, Offset)); | 
|  | 215 | } | 
|  | 216 | static AvailableValueInBlock getUndef(BasicBlock *BB) { | 
|  | 217 | return get(BB, AvailableValue::getUndef()); | 
|  | 218 | } | 
|  | 219 |  | 
|  | 220 | /// Emit code at the end of this block to adjust the value defined here to | 
|  | 221 | /// the specified type. This handles various coercion cases. | 
|  | 222 | Value *MaterializeAdjustedValue(LoadInst *LI, GVN &gvn) const { | 
|  | 223 | return AV.MaterializeAdjustedValue(LI, BB->getTerminator(), gvn); | 
|  | 224 | } | 
|  | 225 | }; | 
|  | 226 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 228 | //                     ValueTable Internal Functions | 
|  | 229 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | GVN::Expression GVN::ValueTable::createExpr(Instruction *I) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 3a33d0c | 2011-01-03 19:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 232 | Expression e; | 
|  | 233 | e.type = I->getType(); | 
|  | 234 | e.opcode = I->getOpcode(); | 
|  | 235 | for (Instruction::op_iterator OI = I->op_begin(), OE = I->op_end(); | 
|  | 236 | OI != OE; ++OI) | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | e.varargs.push_back(lookupOrAdd(*OI)); | 
| Duncan Sands | 926d101 | 2012-02-24 15:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 238 | if (I->isCommutative()) { | 
|  | 239 | // Ensure that commutative instructions that only differ by a permutation | 
|  | 240 | // of their operands get the same value number by sorting the operand value | 
|  | 241 | // numbers.  Since all commutative instructions have two operands it is more | 
|  | 242 | // efficient to sort by hand rather than using, say, std::sort. | 
|  | 243 | assert(I->getNumOperands() == 2 && "Unsupported commutative instruction!"); | 
|  | 244 | if (e.varargs[0] > e.varargs[1]) | 
|  | 245 | std::swap(e.varargs[0], e.varargs[1]); | 
|  | 246 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 |  | 
| Lang Hames | 29cd98f | 2011-07-08 01:50:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 248 | if (CmpInst *C = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) { | 
| Duncan Sands | 926d101 | 2012-02-24 15:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | // Sort the operand value numbers so x<y and y>x get the same value number. | 
|  | 250 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate = C->getPredicate(); | 
|  | 251 | if (e.varargs[0] > e.varargs[1]) { | 
|  | 252 | std::swap(e.varargs[0], e.varargs[1]); | 
|  | 253 | Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate); | 
|  | 254 | } | 
|  | 255 | e.opcode = (C->getOpcode() << 8) | Predicate; | 
| Owen Anderson | 3a33d0c | 2011-01-03 19:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | } else if (InsertValueInst *E = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(I)) { | 
|  | 257 | for (InsertValueInst::idx_iterator II = E->idx_begin(), IE = E->idx_end(); | 
|  | 258 | II != IE; ++II) | 
|  | 259 | e.varargs.push_back(*II); | 
| Erik Verbruggen | e2d4371 | 2014-03-11 09:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | } | 
|  | 261 |  | 
|  | 262 | return e; | 
|  | 263 | } | 
|  | 264 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | GVN::Expression GVN::ValueTable::createCmpExpr(unsigned Opcode, | 
|  | 266 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate, | 
|  | 267 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS) { | 
| Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | assert((Opcode == Instruction::ICmp || Opcode == Instruction::FCmp) && | 
|  | 269 | "Not a comparison!"); | 
|  | 270 | Expression e; | 
|  | 271 | e.type = CmpInst::makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | e.varargs.push_back(lookupOrAdd(LHS)); | 
|  | 273 | e.varargs.push_back(lookupOrAdd(RHS)); | 
| Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 274 |  | 
|  | 275 | // Sort the operand value numbers so x<y and y>x get the same value number. | 
|  | 276 | if (e.varargs[0] > e.varargs[1]) { | 
|  | 277 | std::swap(e.varargs[0], e.varargs[1]); | 
|  | 278 | Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate); | 
|  | 279 | } | 
|  | 280 | e.opcode = (Opcode << 8) | Predicate; | 
|  | 281 | return e; | 
|  | 282 | } | 
|  | 283 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | GVN::Expression GVN::ValueTable::createExtractvalueExpr(ExtractValueInst *EI) { | 
| Craig Topper | e73658d | 2014-04-28 04:05:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | assert(EI && "Not an ExtractValueInst?"); | 
| Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 286 | Expression e; | 
|  | 287 | e.type = EI->getType(); | 
|  | 288 | e.opcode = 0; | 
|  | 289 |  | 
|  | 290 | IntrinsicInst *I = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(EI->getAggregateOperand()); | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | if (I != nullptr && EI->getNumIndices() == 1 && *EI->idx_begin() == 0 ) { | 
| Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | // EI might be an extract from one of our recognised intrinsics. If it | 
|  | 293 | // is we'll synthesize a semantically equivalent expression instead on | 
|  | 294 | // an extract value expression. | 
|  | 295 | switch (I->getIntrinsicID()) { | 
|  | 296 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: | 
|  | 297 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: | 
|  | 298 | e.opcode = Instruction::Add; | 
|  | 299 | break; | 
|  | 300 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: | 
|  | 301 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: | 
|  | 302 | e.opcode = Instruction::Sub; | 
|  | 303 | break; | 
|  | 304 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: | 
|  | 305 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: | 
|  | 306 | e.opcode = Instruction::Mul; | 
|  | 307 | break; | 
|  | 308 | default: | 
|  | 309 | break; | 
|  | 310 | } | 
|  | 311 |  | 
|  | 312 | if (e.opcode != 0) { | 
|  | 313 | // Intrinsic recognized. Grab its args to finish building the expression. | 
|  | 314 | assert(I->getNumArgOperands() == 2 && | 
|  | 315 | "Expect two args for recognised intrinsics."); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | e.varargs.push_back(lookupOrAdd(I->getArgOperand(0))); | 
|  | 317 | e.varargs.push_back(lookupOrAdd(I->getArgOperand(1))); | 
| Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | return e; | 
|  | 319 | } | 
|  | 320 | } | 
|  | 321 |  | 
|  | 322 | // Not a recognised intrinsic. Fall back to producing an extract value | 
|  | 323 | // expression. | 
|  | 324 | e.opcode = EI->getOpcode(); | 
|  | 325 | for (Instruction::op_iterator OI = EI->op_begin(), OE = EI->op_end(); | 
|  | 326 | OI != OE; ++OI) | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | e.varargs.push_back(lookupOrAdd(*OI)); | 
| Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 |  | 
|  | 329 | for (ExtractValueInst::idx_iterator II = EI->idx_begin(), IE = EI->idx_end(); | 
|  | 330 | II != IE; ++II) | 
|  | 331 | e.varargs.push_back(*II); | 
|  | 332 |  | 
|  | 333 | return e; | 
|  | 334 | } | 
|  | 335 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 337 | //                     ValueTable External Functions | 
|  | 338 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 339 |  | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | GVN::ValueTable::ValueTable() : nextValueNumber(1) {} | 
|  | 341 | GVN::ValueTable::ValueTable(const ValueTable &Arg) | 
|  | 342 | : valueNumbering(Arg.valueNumbering), | 
|  | 343 | expressionNumbering(Arg.expressionNumbering), AA(Arg.AA), MD(Arg.MD), | 
|  | 344 | DT(Arg.DT), nextValueNumber(Arg.nextValueNumber) {} | 
|  | 345 | GVN::ValueTable::ValueTable(ValueTable &&Arg) | 
|  | 346 | : valueNumbering(std::move(Arg.valueNumbering)), | 
|  | 347 | expressionNumbering(std::move(Arg.expressionNumbering)), | 
|  | 348 | AA(std::move(Arg.AA)), MD(std::move(Arg.MD)), DT(std::move(Arg.DT)), | 
|  | 349 | nextValueNumber(std::move(Arg.nextValueNumber)) {} | 
|  | 350 | GVN::ValueTable::~ValueTable() {} | 
|  | 351 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | /// add - Insert a value into the table with a specified value number. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | void GVN::ValueTable::add(Value *V, uint32_t num) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | valueNumbering.insert(std::make_pair(V, num)); | 
|  | 355 | } | 
|  | 356 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 357 | uint32_t GVN::ValueTable::lookupOrAddCall(CallInst *C) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | if (AA->doesNotAccessMemory(C)) { | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | Expression exp = createExpr(C); | 
| Nick Lewycky | 12d825d | 2012-09-09 23:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | uint32_t &e = expressionNumbering[exp]; | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | if (!e) e = nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 362 | valueNumbering[C] = e; | 
|  | 363 | return e; | 
|  | 364 | } else if (AA->onlyReadsMemory(C)) { | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | Expression exp = createExpr(C); | 
| Nick Lewycky | 12d825d | 2012-09-09 23:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | uint32_t &e = expressionNumbering[exp]; | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | if (!e) { | 
|  | 368 | e = nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 369 | valueNumbering[C] = e; | 
|  | 370 | return e; | 
|  | 371 | } | 
| Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 372 | if (!MD) { | 
|  | 373 | e = nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 374 | valueNumbering[C] = e; | 
|  | 375 | return e; | 
|  | 376 | } | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 377 |  | 
|  | 378 | MemDepResult local_dep = MD->getDependency(C); | 
|  | 379 |  | 
|  | 380 | if (!local_dep.isDef() && !local_dep.isNonLocal()) { | 
|  | 381 | valueNumbering[C] =  nextValueNumber; | 
|  | 382 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 383 | } | 
|  | 384 |  | 
|  | 385 | if (local_dep.isDef()) { | 
|  | 386 | CallInst* local_cdep = cast<CallInst>(local_dep.getInst()); | 
|  | 387 |  | 
| Gabor Greif | f628ecd | 2010-06-30 09:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | if (local_cdep->getNumArgOperands() != C->getNumArgOperands()) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; | 
|  | 390 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 391 | } | 
|  | 392 |  | 
| Gabor Greif | 2d958d4 | 2010-06-24 10:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = C->getNumArgOperands(); i < e; ++i) { | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | uint32_t c_vn = lookupOrAdd(C->getArgOperand(i)); | 
|  | 395 | uint32_t cd_vn = lookupOrAdd(local_cdep->getArgOperand(i)); | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | if (c_vn != cd_vn) { | 
|  | 397 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; | 
|  | 398 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 399 | } | 
|  | 400 | } | 
|  | 401 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | uint32_t v = lookupOrAdd(local_cdep); | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | valueNumbering[C] = v; | 
|  | 404 | return v; | 
|  | 405 | } | 
|  | 406 |  | 
|  | 407 | // Non-local case. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 61440d2 | 2016-03-10 00:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 408 | const MemoryDependenceResults::NonLocalDepInfo &deps = | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | MD->getNonLocalCallDependency(CallSite(C)); | 
| Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | // FIXME: Move the checking logic to MemDep! | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | CallInst* cdep = nullptr; | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 |  | 
|  | 413 | // Check to see if we have a single dominating call instruction that is | 
|  | 414 | // identical to C. | 
|  | 415 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = deps.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 416 | const NonLocalDepEntry *I = &deps[i]; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | if (I->getResult().isNonLocal()) | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | continue; | 
|  | 419 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | // We don't handle non-definitions.  If we already have a call, reject | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 | // instruction dependencies. | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | if (!I->getResult().isDef() || cdep != nullptr) { | 
|  | 423 | cdep = nullptr; | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | break; | 
|  | 425 | } | 
|  | 426 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 427 | CallInst *NonLocalDepCall = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I->getResult().getInst()); | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | // FIXME: All duplicated with non-local case. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | if (NonLocalDepCall && DT->properlyDominates(I->getBB(), C->getParent())){ | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | cdep = NonLocalDepCall; | 
|  | 431 | continue; | 
|  | 432 | } | 
|  | 433 |  | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | cdep = nullptr; | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | break; | 
|  | 436 | } | 
|  | 437 |  | 
|  | 438 | if (!cdep) { | 
|  | 439 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; | 
|  | 440 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 441 | } | 
|  | 442 |  | 
| Gabor Greif | f628ecd | 2010-06-30 09:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | if (cdep->getNumArgOperands() != C->getNumArgOperands()) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; | 
|  | 445 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 446 | } | 
| Gabor Greif | 2d958d4 | 2010-06-24 10:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = C->getNumArgOperands(); i < e; ++i) { | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | uint32_t c_vn = lookupOrAdd(C->getArgOperand(i)); | 
|  | 449 | uint32_t cd_vn = lookupOrAdd(cdep->getArgOperand(i)); | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | if (c_vn != cd_vn) { | 
|  | 451 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; | 
|  | 452 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 453 | } | 
|  | 454 | } | 
|  | 455 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | uint32_t v = lookupOrAdd(cdep); | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 457 | valueNumbering[C] = v; | 
|  | 458 | return v; | 
|  | 459 |  | 
|  | 460 | } else { | 
|  | 461 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; | 
|  | 462 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 463 | } | 
|  | 464 | } | 
|  | 465 |  | 
| Weiming Zhao | b69babd | 2015-11-19 02:45:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | /// Returns true if a value number exists for the specified value. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | bool GVN::ValueTable::exists(Value *V) const { return valueNumbering.count(V) != 0; } | 
| Weiming Zhao | b69babd | 2015-11-19 02:45:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | /// lookup_or_add - Returns the value number for the specified value, assigning | 
|  | 470 | /// it a new number if it did not have one before. | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | uint32_t GVN::ValueTable::lookupOrAdd(Value *V) { | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::iterator VI = valueNumbering.find(V); | 
|  | 473 | if (VI != valueNumbering.end()) | 
|  | 474 | return VI->second; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | if (!isa<Instruction>(V)) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 1059b5b | 2009-10-19 21:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 | valueNumbering[V] = nextValueNumber; | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 478 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 479 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | Instruction* I = cast<Instruction>(V); | 
|  | 482 | Expression exp; | 
|  | 483 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { | 
| Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | case Instruction::Call: | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | return lookupOrAddCall(cast<CallInst>(I)); | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | case Instruction::Add: | 
|  | 487 | case Instruction::FAdd: | 
|  | 488 | case Instruction::Sub: | 
|  | 489 | case Instruction::FSub: | 
|  | 490 | case Instruction::Mul: | 
|  | 491 | case Instruction::FMul: | 
|  | 492 | case Instruction::UDiv: | 
|  | 493 | case Instruction::SDiv: | 
|  | 494 | case Instruction::FDiv: | 
|  | 495 | case Instruction::URem: | 
|  | 496 | case Instruction::SRem: | 
|  | 497 | case Instruction::FRem: | 
|  | 498 | case Instruction::Shl: | 
|  | 499 | case Instruction::LShr: | 
|  | 500 | case Instruction::AShr: | 
|  | 501 | case Instruction::And: | 
| Nick Lewycky | 12d825d | 2012-09-09 23:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | case Instruction::Or: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | case Instruction::Xor: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | case Instruction::ICmp: | 
|  | 505 | case Instruction::FCmp: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 506 | case Instruction::Trunc: | 
|  | 507 | case Instruction::ZExt: | 
|  | 508 | case Instruction::SExt: | 
|  | 509 | case Instruction::FPToUI: | 
|  | 510 | case Instruction::FPToSI: | 
|  | 511 | case Instruction::UIToFP: | 
|  | 512 | case Instruction::SIToFP: | 
|  | 513 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: | 
|  | 514 | case Instruction::FPExt: | 
|  | 515 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: | 
|  | 516 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: | 
|  | 517 | case Instruction::BitCast: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | case Instruction::Select: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | case Instruction::ExtractElement: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | case Instruction::InsertElement: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 521 | case Instruction::ShuffleVector: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | case Instruction::InsertValue: | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | exp = createExpr(I); | 
| Lang Hames | 29cd98f | 2011-07-08 01:50:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | break; | 
| Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | case Instruction::ExtractValue: | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | exp = createExtractvalueExpr(cast<ExtractValueInst>(I)); | 
| Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | break; | 
| Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | default: | 
|  | 530 | valueNumbering[V] = nextValueNumber; | 
|  | 531 | return nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 532 | } | 
|  | 533 |  | 
|  | 534 | uint32_t& e = expressionNumbering[exp]; | 
|  | 535 | if (!e) e = nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 536 | valueNumbering[V] = e; | 
|  | 537 | return e; | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | } | 
|  | 539 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | /// Returns the value number of the specified value. Fails if | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | /// the value has not yet been numbered. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | uint32_t GVN::ValueTable::lookup(Value *V) const { | 
| Jeffrey Yasskin | b40d3f7 | 2009-11-10 01:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 543 | DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::const_iterator VI = valueNumbering.find(V); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2876a64 | 2008-03-21 21:14:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | assert(VI != valueNumbering.end() && "Value not numbered?"); | 
|  | 545 | return VI->second; | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | } | 
|  | 547 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | /// Returns the value number of the given comparison, | 
| Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | /// assigning it a new number if it did not have one before.  Useful when | 
|  | 550 | /// we deduced the result of a comparison, but don't immediately have an | 
|  | 551 | /// instruction realizing that comparison to hand. | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | uint32_t GVN::ValueTable::lookupOrAddCmp(unsigned Opcode, | 
|  | 553 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate, | 
|  | 554 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS) { | 
|  | 555 | Expression exp = createCmpExpr(Opcode, Predicate, LHS, RHS); | 
| Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | uint32_t& e = expressionNumbering[exp]; | 
|  | 557 | if (!e) e = nextValueNumber++; | 
|  | 558 | return e; | 
|  | 559 | } | 
|  | 560 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | /// Remove all entries from the ValueTable. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | void GVN::ValueTable::clear() { | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | valueNumbering.clear(); | 
|  | 564 | expressionNumbering.clear(); | 
|  | 565 | nextValueNumber = 1; | 
|  | 566 | } | 
|  | 567 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | /// Remove a value from the value numbering. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | void GVN::ValueTable::erase(Value *V) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 10ffa86 | 2007-07-31 23:27:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | valueNumbering.erase(V); | 
|  | 571 | } | 
|  | 572 |  | 
| Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | /// verifyRemoved - Verify that the value is removed from all internal data | 
|  | 574 | /// structures. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | void GVN::ValueTable::verifyRemoved(const Value *V) const { | 
| Jeffrey Yasskin | b40d3f7 | 2009-11-10 01:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | for (DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::const_iterator | 
| Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | I = valueNumbering.begin(), E = valueNumbering.end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
|  | 578 | assert(I->first != V && "Inst still occurs in value numbering map!"); | 
|  | 579 | } | 
|  | 580 | } | 
|  | 581 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
| Bill Wendling | 456e885 | 2008-12-22 22:32:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 583 | //                                GVN Pass | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 585 |  | 
| Sean Silva | 36e0d01 | 2016-08-09 00:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | PreservedAnalyses GVN::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) { | 
| Chandler Carruth | 3bc9c7f | 2016-03-11 13:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | // FIXME: The order of evaluation of these 'getResult' calls is very | 
|  | 588 | // significant! Re-ordering these variables will cause GVN when run alone to | 
|  | 589 | // be less effective! We should fix memdep and basic-aa to not exhibit this | 
|  | 590 | // behavior, but until then don't change the order here. | 
|  | 591 | auto &AC = AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F); | 
|  | 592 | auto &DT = AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F); | 
|  | 593 | auto &TLI = AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F); | 
|  | 594 | auto &AA = AM.getResult<AAManager>(F); | 
|  | 595 | auto &MemDep = AM.getResult<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>(F); | 
|  | 596 | bool Changed = runImpl(F, AC, DT, TLI, AA, &MemDep); | 
| Davide Italiano | fea0a4c | 2016-06-06 20:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | if (!Changed) | 
|  | 598 | return PreservedAnalyses::all(); | 
|  | 599 | PreservedAnalyses PA; | 
|  | 600 | PA.preserve<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(); | 
|  | 601 | PA.preserve<GlobalsAA>(); | 
|  | 602 | return PA; | 
| Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | } | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 82c4478 | 2016-06-06 19:24:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | void GVN::dump(DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>& d) { | 
| Dan Gohman | 57e8086 | 2009-12-18 03:25:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | errs() << "{\n"; | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | for (DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>::iterator I = d.begin(), | 
| Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | E = d.end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
| Dan Gohman | 57e8086 | 2009-12-18 03:25:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | errs() << I->first << "\n"; | 
| Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | I->second->dump(); | 
|  | 612 | } | 
| Dan Gohman | 57e8086 | 2009-12-18 03:25:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | errs() << "}\n"; | 
| Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | } | 
|  | 615 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | /// Return true if we can prove that the value | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | /// we're analyzing is fully available in the specified block.  As we go, keep | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | /// track of which blocks we know are fully alive in FullyAvailableBlocks.  This | 
|  | 619 | /// map is actually a tri-state map with the following values: | 
|  | 620 | ///   0) we know the block *is not* fully available. | 
|  | 621 | ///   1) we know the block *is* fully available. | 
|  | 622 | ///   2) we do not know whether the block is fully available or not, but we are | 
|  | 623 | ///      currently speculating that it will be. | 
|  | 624 | ///   3) we are speculating for this block and have used that to speculate for | 
|  | 625 | ///      other blocks. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | static bool IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(BasicBlock *BB, | 
| Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char> &FullyAvailableBlocks, | 
|  | 628 | uint32_t RecurseDepth) { | 
|  | 629 | if (RecurseDepth > MaxRecurseDepth) | 
|  | 630 | return false; | 
|  | 631 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | // Optimistically assume that the block is fully available and check to see | 
|  | 633 | // if we already know about this block in one lookup. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | std::pair<DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char>::iterator, char> IV = | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | FullyAvailableBlocks.insert(std::make_pair(BB, 2)); | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 |  | 
|  | 637 | // If the entry already existed for this block, return the precomputed value. | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | if (!IV.second) { | 
|  | 639 | // If this is a speculative "available" value, mark it as being used for | 
|  | 640 | // speculation of other blocks. | 
|  | 641 | if (IV.first->second == 2) | 
|  | 642 | IV.first->second = 3; | 
|  | 643 | return IV.first->second != 0; | 
|  | 644 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | // Otherwise, see if it is fully available in all predecessors. | 
|  | 647 | pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | // If this block has no predecessors, it isn't live-in here. | 
|  | 650 | if (PI == PE) | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | goto SpeculationFailure; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | for (; PI != PE; ++PI) | 
|  | 654 | // If the value isn't fully available in one of our predecessors, then it | 
|  | 655 | // isn't fully available in this block either.  Undo our previous | 
|  | 656 | // optimistic assumption and bail out. | 
| Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | if (!IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(*PI, FullyAvailableBlocks,RecurseDepth+1)) | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | goto SpeculationFailure; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | return true; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | // If we get here, we found out that this is not, after | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | // all, a fully-available block.  We have a problem if we speculated on this and | 
|  | 664 | // used the speculation to mark other blocks as available. | 
|  | 665 | SpeculationFailure: | 
|  | 666 | char &BBVal = FullyAvailableBlocks[BB]; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | // If we didn't speculate on this, just return with it set to false. | 
|  | 669 | if (BBVal == 2) { | 
|  | 670 | BBVal = 0; | 
|  | 671 | return false; | 
|  | 672 | } | 
|  | 673 |  | 
|  | 674 | // If we did speculate on this value, we could have blocks set to 1 that are | 
|  | 675 | // incorrect.  Walk the (transitive) successors of this block and mark them as | 
|  | 676 | // 0 if set to one. | 
|  | 677 | SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 32> BBWorklist; | 
|  | 678 | BBWorklist.push_back(BB); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 |  | 
| Dan Gohman | 2894387 | 2010-01-05 16:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | do { | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | BasicBlock *Entry = BBWorklist.pop_back_val(); | 
|  | 682 | // Note that this sets blocks to 0 (unavailable) if they happen to not | 
|  | 683 | // already be in FullyAvailableBlocks.  This is safe. | 
|  | 684 | char &EntryVal = FullyAvailableBlocks[Entry]; | 
|  | 685 | if (EntryVal == 0) continue;  // Already unavailable. | 
|  | 686 |  | 
|  | 687 | // Mark as unavailable. | 
|  | 688 | EntryVal = 0; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 689 |  | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 3c29c07 | 2014-02-10 14:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | BBWorklist.append(succ_begin(Entry), succ_end(Entry)); | 
| Dan Gohman | 2894387 | 2010-01-05 16:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | } while (!BBWorklist.empty()); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | return false; | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | } | 
|  | 695 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | /// Return true if CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType will succeed. | 
| Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | static bool CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(Value *StoredVal, | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | Type *LoadTy, | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | const DataLayout &DL) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | // If the loaded or stored value is an first class array or struct, don't try | 
|  | 702 | // to transform them.  We need to be able to bitcast to integer. | 
| Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | if (LoadTy->isStructTy() || LoadTy->isArrayTy() || | 
|  | 704 | StoredVal->getType()->isStructTy() || | 
|  | 705 | StoredVal->getType()->isArrayTy()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | return false; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | // The store has to be at least as big as the load. | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoredVal->getType()) < | 
|  | 710 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 711 | return false; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | return true; | 
|  | 714 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | /// If we saw a store of a value to memory, and | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | /// then a load from a must-aliased pointer of a different type, try to coerce | 
| Alexey Samsonov | ff44980 | 2015-06-12 01:39:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | /// the stored value.  LoadedTy is the type of the load we want to replace. | 
|  | 719 | /// IRB is IRBuilder used to insert new instructions. | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | /// | 
|  | 721 | /// If we can't do it, return null. | 
| Alexey Samsonov | ff44980 | 2015-06-12 01:39:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | static Value *CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(Value *StoredVal, Type *LoadedTy, | 
|  | 723 | IRBuilder<> &IRB, | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | const DataLayout &DL) { | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | assert(CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(StoredVal, LoadedTy, DL) && | 
|  | 726 | "precondition violation - materialization can't fail"); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 |  | 
| David Majnemer | d536f23 | 2016-07-29 03:27:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(StoredVal)) | 
|  | 729 | if (auto *FoldedStoredVal = ConstantFoldConstant(C, DL)) | 
|  | 730 | StoredVal = FoldedStoredVal; | 
| Ekaterina Romanova | 7aea590 | 2016-07-14 22:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | // If this is already the right type, just return it. | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | Type *StoredValTy = StoredVal->getType(); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 |  | 
| Ulrich Weigand | fc23907 | 2016-04-07 15:55:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | uint64_t StoredValSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoredValTy); | 
|  | 736 | uint64_t LoadedValSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadedTy); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 737 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | // If the store and reload are the same size, we can always reuse it. | 
| Ulrich Weigand | fc23907 | 2016-04-07 15:55:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | if (StoredValSize == LoadedValSize) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | // Pointer to Pointer -> use bitcast. | 
| Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | if (StoredValTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() && | 
| Ekaterina Romanova | 7aea590 | 2016-07-14 22:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | LoadedTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) { | 
|  | 743 | StoredVal = IRB.CreateBitCast(StoredVal, LoadedTy); | 
|  | 744 | } else { | 
|  | 745 | // Convert source pointers to integers, which can be bitcast. | 
|  | 746 | if (StoredValTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) { | 
|  | 747 | StoredValTy = DL.getIntPtrType(StoredValTy); | 
|  | 748 | StoredVal = IRB.CreatePtrToInt(StoredVal, StoredValTy); | 
|  | 749 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 |  | 
| Ekaterina Romanova | 7aea590 | 2016-07-14 22:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | Type *TypeToCastTo = LoadedTy; | 
|  | 752 | if (TypeToCastTo->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
|  | 753 | TypeToCastTo = DL.getIntPtrType(TypeToCastTo); | 
|  | 754 |  | 
|  | 755 | if (StoredValTy != TypeToCastTo) | 
|  | 756 | StoredVal = IRB.CreateBitCast(StoredVal, TypeToCastTo); | 
|  | 757 |  | 
|  | 758 | // Cast to pointer if the load needs a pointer type. | 
|  | 759 | if (LoadedTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
|  | 760 | StoredVal = IRB.CreateIntToPtr(StoredVal, LoadedTy); | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 |  | 
| David Majnemer | d536f23 | 2016-07-29 03:27:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(StoredVal)) | 
|  | 764 | if (auto *FoldedStoredVal = ConstantFoldConstant(C, DL)) | 
|  | 765 | StoredVal = FoldedStoredVal; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | return StoredVal; | 
|  | 768 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 769 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | // If the loaded value is smaller than the available value, then we can | 
|  | 771 | // extract out a piece from it.  If the available value is too small, then we | 
|  | 772 | // can't do anything. | 
| Ulrich Weigand | fc23907 | 2016-04-07 15:55:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | assert(StoredValSize >= LoadedValSize && | 
|  | 774 | "CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad fail"); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 775 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | // Convert source pointers to integers, which can be manipulated. | 
| Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | if (StoredValTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) { | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | StoredValTy = DL.getIntPtrType(StoredValTy); | 
| Alexey Samsonov | ff44980 | 2015-06-12 01:39:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | StoredVal = IRB.CreatePtrToInt(StoredVal, StoredValTy); | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 781 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 782 | // Convert vectors and fp to integer, which can be manipulated. | 
| Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 783 | if (!StoredValTy->isIntegerTy()) { | 
| Ulrich Weigand | fc23907 | 2016-04-07 15:55:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | StoredValTy = IntegerType::get(StoredValTy->getContext(), StoredValSize); | 
| Alexey Samsonov | ff44980 | 2015-06-12 01:39:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | StoredVal = IRB.CreateBitCast(StoredVal, StoredValTy); | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 787 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | // If this is a big-endian system, we need to shift the value down to the low | 
|  | 789 | // bits so that a truncate will work. | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | if (DL.isBigEndian()) { | 
| Ulrich Weigand | 6e696646 | 2016-04-07 15:45:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | uint64_t ShiftAmt = DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(StoredValTy) - | 
|  | 792 | DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(LoadedTy); | 
|  | 793 | StoredVal = IRB.CreateLShr(StoredVal, ShiftAmt, "tmp"); | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 795 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 796 | // Truncate the integer to the right size now. | 
| Ulrich Weigand | fc23907 | 2016-04-07 15:55:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | Type *NewIntTy = IntegerType::get(StoredValTy->getContext(), LoadedValSize); | 
| Alexey Samsonov | ff44980 | 2015-06-12 01:39:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | StoredVal  = IRB.CreateTrunc(StoredVal, NewIntTy, "trunc"); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 |  | 
| Ekaterina Romanova | 7aea590 | 2016-07-14 22:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | if (LoadedTy != NewIntTy) { | 
|  | 801 | // If the result is a pointer, inttoptr. | 
|  | 802 | if (LoadedTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
|  | 803 | StoredVal = IRB.CreateIntToPtr(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "inttoptr"); | 
|  | 804 | else | 
|  | 805 | // Otherwise, bitcast. | 
|  | 806 | StoredVal = IRB.CreateBitCast(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "bitcast"); | 
|  | 807 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 |  | 
| David Majnemer | d536f23 | 2016-07-29 03:27:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(StoredVal)) | 
|  | 810 | if (auto *FoldedStoredVal = ConstantFoldConstant(C, DL)) | 
|  | 811 | StoredVal = FoldedStoredVal; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 |  | 
| Ekaterina Romanova | 7aea590 | 2016-07-14 22:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | return StoredVal; | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | } | 
|  | 815 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | /// This function is called when we have a | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering memory write (store, | 
|  | 818 | /// memset, memcpy, memmove).  This means that the write *may* provide bits used | 
|  | 819 | /// by the load but we can't be sure because the pointers don't mustalias. | 
|  | 820 | /// | 
|  | 821 | /// Check this case to see if there is anything more we can do before we give | 
|  | 822 | /// up.  This returns -1 if we have to give up, or a byte number in the stored | 
|  | 823 | /// value of the piece that feeds the load. | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 824 | static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, | 
| Chris Lattner | 0def861 | 2009-12-09 07:34:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | Value *WritePtr, | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | uint64_t WriteSizeInBits, | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | const DataLayout &DL) { | 
| Chad Rosier | 6a0baa8 | 2012-01-30 22:44:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | // If the loaded or stored value is a first class array or struct, don't try | 
| Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | // to transform them.  We need to be able to bitcast to integer. | 
| Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | if (LoadTy->isStructTy() || LoadTy->isArrayTy()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | return -1; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | int64_t StoreOffset = 0, LoadOffset = 0; | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | Value *StoreBase = | 
|  | 835 | GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(WritePtr, StoreOffset, DL); | 
|  | 836 | Value *LoadBase = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffset, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | if (StoreBase != LoadBase) | 
|  | 838 | return -1; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | // If the load and store are to the exact same address, they should have been | 
|  | 841 | // a must alias.  AA must have gotten confused. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | // FIXME: Study to see if/when this happens.  One case is forwarding a memset | 
|  | 843 | // to a load from the base of the memset. | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | #if 0 | 
| Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | if (LoadOffset == StoreOffset) { | 
| David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | dbgs() << "STORE/LOAD DEP WITH COMMON POINTER MISSED:\n" | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | << "Base       = " << *StoreBase << "\n" | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | << "Store Ptr  = " << *WritePtr << "\n" | 
|  | 849 | << "Store Offs = " << StoreOffset << "\n" | 
| Chris Lattner | 3ddf804 | 2009-12-10 00:04:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | << "Load Ptr   = " << *LoadPtr << "\n"; | 
| Chris Lattner | 946b58d | 2009-12-09 02:41:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | abort(); | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | #endif | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 854 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | // If the load and store don't overlap at all, the store doesn't provide | 
|  | 856 | // anything to the load.  In this case, they really don't alias at all, AA | 
|  | 857 | // must have gotten confused. | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | uint64_t LoadSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 859 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | if ((WriteSizeInBits & 7) | (LoadSize & 7)) | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | return -1; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | uint64_t StoreSize = WriteSizeInBits >> 3;  // Convert to bytes. | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | LoadSize >>= 3; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 |  | 
|  | 865 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | bool isAAFailure = false; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 867 | if (StoreOffset < LoadOffset) | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | isAAFailure = StoreOffset+int64_t(StoreSize) <= LoadOffset; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | else | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | isAAFailure = LoadOffset+int64_t(LoadSize) <= StoreOffset; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | if (isAAFailure) { | 
|  | 873 | #if 0 | 
| David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | dbgs() << "STORE LOAD DEP WITH COMMON BASE:\n" | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | << "Base       = " << *StoreBase << "\n" | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | << "Store Ptr  = " << *WritePtr << "\n" | 
|  | 877 | << "Store Offs = " << StoreOffset << "\n" | 
| Chris Lattner | 3ddf804 | 2009-12-10 00:04:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | << "Load Ptr   = " << *LoadPtr << "\n"; | 
| Chris Lattner | 946b58d | 2009-12-09 02:41:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 879 | abort(); | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | #endif | 
|  | 881 | return -1; | 
|  | 882 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | // If the Load isn't completely contained within the stored bits, we don't | 
|  | 885 | // have all the bits to feed it.  We could do something crazy in the future | 
|  | 886 | // (issue a smaller load then merge the bits in) but this seems unlikely to be | 
|  | 887 | // valuable. | 
|  | 888 | if (StoreOffset > LoadOffset || | 
|  | 889 | StoreOffset+StoreSize < LoadOffset+LoadSize) | 
|  | 890 | return -1; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | // Okay, we can do this transformation.  Return the number of bytes into the | 
|  | 893 | // store that the load is. | 
|  | 894 | return LoadOffset-StoreOffset; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | /// This function is called when we have a | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering store. | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | StoreInst *DepSI) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | // Cannot handle reading from store of first-class aggregate yet. | 
| Dan Gohman | d209911 | 2010-11-10 19:03:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | if (DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isStructTy() || | 
|  | 903 | DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isArrayTy()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | return -1; | 
|  | 905 |  | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | const DataLayout &DL = DepSI->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | Value *StorePtr = DepSI->getPointerOperand(); | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | uint64_t StoreSize =DL.getTypeSizeInBits(DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | StorePtr, StoreSize, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | } | 
|  | 912 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | /// This function is called when we have a | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being clobbered by another load.  See if | 
|  | 915 | /// the other load can feed into the second load. | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | LoadInst *DepLI, const DataLayout &DL){ | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | // Cannot handle reading from store of first-class aggregate yet. | 
|  | 919 | if (DepLI->getType()->isStructTy() || DepLI->getType()->isArrayTy()) | 
|  | 920 | return -1; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | Value *DepPtr = DepLI->getPointerOperand(); | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | uint64_t DepSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(DepLI->getType()); | 
|  | 924 | int R = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, DepPtr, DepSize, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | if (R != -1) return R; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | // If we have a load/load clobber an DepLI can be widened to cover this load, | 
|  | 928 | // then we should widen it! | 
|  | 929 | int64_t LoadOffs = 0; | 
|  | 930 | const Value *LoadBase = | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffs, DL); | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | unsigned LoadSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LoadTy); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 |  | 
| Chandler Carruth | 61440d2 | 2016-03-10 00:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | unsigned Size = MemoryDependenceResults::getLoadLoadClobberFullWidthSize( | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | LoadBase, LoadOffs, LoadSize, DepLI); | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | if (Size == 0) return -1; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 10e678d | 2016-01-29 02:23:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | // Check non-obvious conditions enforced by MDA which we rely on for being | 
|  | 939 | // able to materialize this potentially available value | 
|  | 940 | assert(DepLI->isSimple() && "Cannot widen volatile/atomic load!"); | 
|  | 941 | assert(DepLI->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Can't widen non-integer load"); | 
|  | 942 |  | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, DepPtr, Size*8, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | } | 
|  | 945 |  | 
|  | 946 |  | 
|  | 947 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, | 
| Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | MemIntrinsic *MI, | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | const DataLayout &DL) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | // If the mem operation is a non-constant size, we can't handle it. | 
|  | 952 | ConstantInt *SizeCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength()); | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | if (!SizeCst) return -1; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | uint64_t MemSizeInBits = SizeCst->getZExtValue()*8; | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 |  | 
|  | 956 | // If this is memset, we just need to see if the offset is valid in the size | 
|  | 957 | // of the memset.. | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | if (MI->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::memset) | 
| Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, MI->getDest(), | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | MemSizeInBits, DL); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 961 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | // If we have a memcpy/memmove, the only case we can handle is if this is a | 
|  | 963 | // copy from constant memory.  In that case, we can read directly from the | 
|  | 964 | // constant memory. | 
|  | 965 | MemTransferInst *MTI = cast<MemTransferInst>(MI); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | Constant *Src = dyn_cast<Constant>(MTI->getSource()); | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | if (!Src) return -1; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 |  | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GetUnderlyingObject(Src, DL)); | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | if (!GV || !GV->isConstant()) return -1; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 972 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | // See if the access is within the bounds of the transfer. | 
| Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 975 | MI->getDest(), MemSizeInBits, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | if (Offset == -1) | 
|  | 977 | return Offset; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 978 |  | 
| Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | unsigned AS = Src->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | // Otherwise, see if we can constant fold a load from the constant with the | 
|  | 981 | // offset applied as appropriate. | 
|  | 982 | Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, | 
| Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | Type::getInt8PtrTy(Src->getContext(), AS)); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | Constant *OffsetCst = | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 985 | ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Src->getContext()), (unsigned)Offset); | 
| David Blaikie | 4a2e73b | 2015-04-02 18:55:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | Src = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Type::getInt8Ty(Src->getContext()), Src, | 
|  | 987 | OffsetCst); | 
| Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, PointerType::get(LoadTy, AS)); | 
| Eduard Burtescu | 1423921 | 2016-01-22 01:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | if (ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, LoadTy, DL)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | return Offset; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | return -1; | 
|  | 992 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | /// This function is called when we have a | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering store.  This means | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | /// that the store provides bits used by the load but we the pointers don't | 
|  | 998 | /// mustalias.  Check this case to see if there is anything more we can do | 
|  | 999 | /// before we give up. | 
| Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | static Value *GetStoreValueForLoad(Value *SrcVal, unsigned Offset, | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | Type *LoadTy, | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | Instruction *InsertPt, const DataLayout &DL){ | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | LLVMContext &Ctx = SrcVal->getType()->getContext(); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 |  | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | uint64_t StoreSize = (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcVal->getType()) + 7) / 8; | 
|  | 1006 | uint64_t LoadSize = (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy) + 7) / 8; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 |  | 
| Alexey Samsonov | 9947e48 | 2015-06-12 01:39:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | // Compute which bits of the stored value are being used by the load.  Convert | 
|  | 1011 | // to an integer type to start with. | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | if (SrcVal->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
| Micah Villmow | 12d9127 | 2012-10-24 15:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | SrcVal = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(SrcVal, | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | DL.getIntPtrType(SrcVal->getType())); | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | if (!SrcVal->getType()->isIntegerTy()) | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 547b6c5 | 2011-09-27 20:39:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(SrcVal, IntegerType::get(Ctx, StoreSize*8)); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | // Shift the bits to the least significant depending on endianness. | 
|  | 1019 | unsigned ShiftAmt; | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | if (DL.isLittleEndian()) | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 | ShiftAmt = Offset*8; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1022 | else | 
| Chris Lattner | 2470538 | 2009-09-21 17:55:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 | ShiftAmt = (StoreSize-LoadSize-Offset)*8; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 |  | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | if (ShiftAmt) | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 547b6c5 | 2011-09-27 20:39:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateLShr(SrcVal, ShiftAmt); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 |  | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | if (LoadSize != StoreSize) | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 547b6c5 | 2011-09-27 20:39:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateTrunc(SrcVal, IntegerType::get(Ctx, LoadSize*8)); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 |  | 
| Alexey Samsonov | ff44980 | 2015-06-12 01:39:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1031 | return CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(SrcVal, LoadTy, Builder, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | } | 
|  | 1033 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 | /// This function is called when we have a | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering load.  This means | 
|  | 1036 | /// that the load *may* provide bits used by the load but we can't be sure | 
|  | 1037 | /// because the pointers don't mustalias.  Check this case to see if there is | 
|  | 1038 | /// anything more we can do before we give up. | 
|  | 1039 | static Value *GetLoadValueForLoad(LoadInst *SrcVal, unsigned Offset, | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | Type *LoadTy, Instruction *InsertPt, | 
| Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | GVN &gvn) { | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | const DataLayout &DL = SrcVal->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 | // If Offset+LoadTy exceeds the size of SrcVal, then we must be wanting to | 
|  | 1044 | // widen SrcVal out to a larger load. | 
| Ulrich Weigand | fc23907 | 2016-04-07 15:55:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | unsigned SrcValStoreSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(SrcVal->getType()); | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1046 | unsigned LoadSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LoadTy); | 
| Ulrich Weigand | fc23907 | 2016-04-07 15:55:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | if (Offset+LoadSize > SrcValStoreSize) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 9a46815 | 2011-08-17 22:22:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | assert(SrcVal->isSimple() && "Cannot widen volatile/atomic load!"); | 
|  | 1049 | assert(SrcVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Can't widen non-integer load"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | // If we have a load/load clobber an DepLI can be widened to cover this | 
|  | 1051 | // load, then we should widen it to the next power of 2 size big enough! | 
|  | 1052 | unsigned NewLoadSize = Offset+LoadSize; | 
|  | 1053 | if (!isPowerOf2_32(NewLoadSize)) | 
|  | 1054 | NewLoadSize = NextPowerOf2(NewLoadSize); | 
|  | 1055 |  | 
|  | 1056 | Value *PtrVal = SrcVal->getPointerOperand(); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1777601 | 2011-04-28 18:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | // Insert the new load after the old load.  This ensures that subsequent | 
|  | 1059 | // memdep queries will find the new load.  We can't easily remove the old | 
|  | 1060 | // load completely because it is already in the value numbering table. | 
|  | 1061 | IRBuilder<> Builder(SrcVal->getParent(), ++BasicBlock::iterator(SrcVal)); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1062 | Type *DestPTy = | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | IntegerType::get(LoadTy->getContext(), NewLoadSize*8); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | DestPTy = PointerType::get(DestPTy, | 
| Matt Arsenault | 404c60a | 2013-10-21 19:43:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | PtrVal->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()); | 
| Devang Patel | ffb798c | 2011-05-04 23:58:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(SrcVal->getDebugLoc()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | PtrVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(PtrVal, DestPTy); | 
|  | 1068 | LoadInst *NewLoad = Builder.CreateLoad(PtrVal); | 
|  | 1069 | NewLoad->takeName(SrcVal); | 
|  | 1070 | NewLoad->setAlignment(SrcVal->getAlignment()); | 
| Devang Patel | ffb798c | 2011-05-04 23:58:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN WIDENED LOAD: " << *SrcVal << "\n"); | 
|  | 1073 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "TO: " << *NewLoad << "\n"); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | // Replace uses of the original load with the wider load.  On a big endian | 
|  | 1076 | // system, we need to shift down to get the relevant bits. | 
|  | 1077 | Value *RV = NewLoad; | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | if (DL.isBigEndian()) | 
| Ulrich Weigand | fc23907 | 2016-04-07 15:55:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | RV = Builder.CreateLShr(RV, (NewLoadSize - SrcValStoreSize) * 8); | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 | RV = Builder.CreateTrunc(RV, SrcVal->getType()); | 
|  | 1081 | SrcVal->replaceAllUsesWith(RV); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a5452c0 | 2011-04-28 20:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 | // We would like to use gvn.markInstructionForDeletion here, but we can't | 
|  | 1084 | // because the load is already memoized into the leader map table that GVN | 
|  | 1085 | // tracks.  It is potentially possible to remove the load from the table, | 
|  | 1086 | // but then there all of the operations based on it would need to be | 
|  | 1087 | // rehashed.  Just leave the dead load around. | 
| Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | gvn.getMemDep().removeInstruction(SrcVal); | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | SrcVal = NewLoad; | 
|  | 1090 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 |  | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | return GetStoreValueForLoad(SrcVal, Offset, LoadTy, InsertPt, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | } | 
|  | 1094 |  | 
|  | 1095 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | /// This function is called when we have a | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering mem intrinsic. | 
|  | 1098 | static Value *GetMemInstValueForLoad(MemIntrinsic *SrcInst, unsigned Offset, | 
| Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | Type *LoadTy, Instruction *InsertPt, | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | const DataLayout &DL){ | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1101 | LLVMContext &Ctx = LoadTy->getContext(); | 
| Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | uint64_t LoadSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy)/8; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 |  | 
| Alexey Samsonov | 9947e48 | 2015-06-12 01:39:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | // We know that this method is only called when the mem transfer fully | 
|  | 1107 | // provides the bits for the load. | 
|  | 1108 | if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(SrcInst)) { | 
|  | 1109 | // memset(P, 'x', 1234) -> splat('x'), even if x is a variable, and | 
|  | 1110 | // independently of what the offset is. | 
|  | 1111 | Value *Val = MSI->getValue(); | 
| Tobias Grosser | 8241795 | 2015-11-12 20:04:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | if (LoadSize != 1) | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Val, IntegerType::get(Ctx, LoadSize*8)); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | Value *OneElt = Val; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | // Splat the value out to the right number of bits. | 
|  | 1118 | for (unsigned NumBytesSet = 1; NumBytesSet != LoadSize; ) { | 
|  | 1119 | // If we can double the number of bytes set, do it. | 
|  | 1120 | if (NumBytesSet*2 <= LoadSize) { | 
|  | 1121 | Value *ShVal = Builder.CreateShl(Val, NumBytesSet*8); | 
|  | 1122 | Val = Builder.CreateOr(Val, ShVal); | 
|  | 1123 | NumBytesSet <<= 1; | 
|  | 1124 | continue; | 
|  | 1125 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | // Otherwise insert one byte at a time. | 
|  | 1128 | Value *ShVal = Builder.CreateShl(Val, 1*8); | 
|  | 1129 | Val = Builder.CreateOr(OneElt, ShVal); | 
|  | 1130 | ++NumBytesSet; | 
|  | 1131 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 |  | 
| Alexey Samsonov | ff44980 | 2015-06-12 01:39:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | return CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(Val, LoadTy, Builder, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | // Otherwise, this is a memcpy/memmove from a constant global. | 
|  | 1137 | MemTransferInst *MTI = cast<MemTransferInst>(SrcInst); | 
|  | 1138 | Constant *Src = cast<Constant>(MTI->getSource()); | 
| Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | unsigned AS = Src->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 |  | 
|  | 1141 | // Otherwise, see if we can constant fold a load from the constant with the | 
|  | 1142 | // offset applied as appropriate. | 
|  | 1143 | Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, | 
| Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | Type::getInt8PtrTy(Src->getContext(), AS)); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | Constant *OffsetCst = | 
| Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Src->getContext()), (unsigned)Offset); | 
| David Blaikie | 4a2e73b | 2015-04-02 18:55:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | Src = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Type::getInt8Ty(Src->getContext()), Src, | 
|  | 1148 | OffsetCst); | 
| Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, PointerType::get(LoadTy, AS)); | 
| Eduard Burtescu | 1423921 | 2016-01-22 01:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, LoadTy, DL); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1151 | } | 
|  | 1152 |  | 
| Dan Gohman | b29cda9 | 2010-04-15 17:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | /// Given a set of loads specified by ValuesPerBlock, | 
| Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1155 | /// construct SSA form, allowing us to eliminate LI.  This returns the value | 
|  | 1156 | /// that should be used at LI's definition site. | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | static Value *ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LoadInst *LI, | 
| Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | SmallVectorImpl<AvailableValueInBlock> &ValuesPerBlock, | 
| Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | GVN &gvn) { | 
| Chris Lattner | bf20018 | 2009-12-21 23:15:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | // Check for the fully redundant, dominating load case.  In this case, we can | 
|  | 1161 | // just use the dominating value directly. | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | if (ValuesPerBlock.size() == 1 && | 
| Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 | gvn.getDominatorTree().properlyDominates(ValuesPerBlock[0].BB, | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | LI->getParent())) { | 
| Philip Reames | 8e785a4 | 2016-01-26 23:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | assert(!ValuesPerBlock[0].AV.isUndefValue() && | 
|  | 1166 | "Dead BB dominate this block"); | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | return ValuesPerBlock[0].MaterializeAdjustedValue(LI, gvn); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | bf20018 | 2009-12-21 23:15:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 |  | 
|  | 1170 | // Otherwise, we have to construct SSA form. | 
| Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | SmallVector<PHINode*, 8> NewPHIs; | 
|  | 1172 | SSAUpdater SSAUpdate(&NewPHIs); | 
| Duncan Sands | 6778149 | 2010-09-02 08:14:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | SSAUpdate.Initialize(LI->getType(), LI->getName()); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 |  | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | for (const AvailableValueInBlock &AV : ValuesPerBlock) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 93236ba | 2009-12-06 04:54:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | BasicBlock *BB = AV.BB; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | if (SSAUpdate.HasValueForBlock(BB)) | 
|  | 1179 | continue; | 
| Chris Lattner | 93236ba | 2009-12-06 04:54:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 |  | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | SSAUpdate.AddAvailableValue(BB, AV.MaterializeAdjustedValue(LI, gvn)); | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | // Perform PHI construction. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 9f2bf1af | 2015-07-18 03:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | return SSAUpdate.GetValueInMiddleOfBlock(LI->getParent()); | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | } | 
|  | 1187 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 8e785a4 | 2016-01-26 23:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | Value *AvailableValue::MaterializeAdjustedValue(LoadInst *LI, | 
|  | 1189 | Instruction *InsertPt, | 
|  | 1190 | GVN &gvn) const { | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | Value *Res; | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | Type *LoadTy = LI->getType(); | 
|  | 1193 | const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | if (isSimpleValue()) { | 
|  | 1195 | Res = getSimpleValue(); | 
|  | 1196 | if (Res->getType() != LoadTy) { | 
| Philip Reames | 8e785a4 | 2016-01-26 23:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | Res = GetStoreValueForLoad(Res, Offset, LoadTy, InsertPt, DL); | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL VAL:\nOffset: " << Offset << "  " | 
|  | 1200 | << *getSimpleValue() << '\n' | 
|  | 1201 | << *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n"); | 
|  | 1202 | } | 
|  | 1203 | } else if (isCoercedLoadValue()) { | 
|  | 1204 | LoadInst *Load = getCoercedLoadValue(); | 
|  | 1205 | if (Load->getType() == LoadTy && Offset == 0) { | 
|  | 1206 | Res = Load; | 
|  | 1207 | } else { | 
| Philip Reames | 8e785a4 | 2016-01-26 23:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | Res = GetLoadValueForLoad(Load, Offset, LoadTy, InsertPt, gvn); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL LOAD:\nOffset: " << Offset << "  " | 
|  | 1211 | << *getCoercedLoadValue() << '\n' | 
|  | 1212 | << *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n"); | 
|  | 1213 | } | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | } else if (isMemIntrinValue()) { | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | Res = GetMemInstValueForLoad(getMemIntrinValue(), Offset, LoadTy, | 
| Philip Reames | 8e785a4 | 2016-01-26 23:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | InsertPt, DL); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL MEM INTRIN:\nOffset: " << Offset | 
|  | 1218 | << "  " << *getMemIntrinValue() << '\n' | 
|  | 1219 | << *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n"); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | } else { | 
|  | 1221 | assert(isUndefValue() && "Should be UndefVal"); | 
|  | 1222 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL Undef:\n";); | 
|  | 1223 | return UndefValue::get(LoadTy); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | } | 
| Philip Reames | 8e785a4 | 2016-01-26 23:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | assert(Res && "failed to materialize?"); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | return Res; | 
|  | 1227 | } | 
|  | 1228 |  | 
| Gabor Greif | ce6dd88 | 2010-04-09 10:57:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | static bool isLifetimeStart(const Instruction *Inst) { | 
|  | 1230 | if (const IntrinsicInst* II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Inst)) | 
| Owen Anderson | b9878ee | 2009-12-02 07:35:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | return II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start; | 
| Chris Lattner | c468025 | 2009-12-02 06:44:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | return false; | 
|  | 1233 | } | 
|  | 1234 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | bool GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, MemDepResult DepInfo, | 
|  | 1236 | Value *Address, AvailableValue &Res) { | 
|  | 1237 |  | 
|  | 1238 | assert((DepInfo.isDef() || DepInfo.isClobber()) && | 
|  | 1239 | "expected a local dependence"); | 
| Philip Reames | ae8997f | 2016-05-06 18:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | assert(LI->isUnordered() && "rules below are incorrect for ordered access"); | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 |  | 
|  | 1242 | const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | if (DepInfo.isClobber()) { | 
|  | 1245 | // If the dependence is to a store that writes to a superset of the bits | 
|  | 1246 | // read by the load, we can extract the bits we need for the load from the | 
|  | 1247 | // stored value. | 
|  | 1248 | if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInfo.getInst())) { | 
| Philip Reames | ae8997f | 2016-05-06 18:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | // Can't forward from non-atomic to atomic without violating memory model. | 
|  | 1250 | if (Address && LI->isAtomic() <= DepSI->isAtomic()) { | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | int Offset = | 
|  | 1252 | AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(LI->getType(), Address, DepSI); | 
|  | 1253 | if (Offset != -1) { | 
|  | 1254 | Res = AvailableValue::get(DepSI->getValueOperand(), Offset); | 
|  | 1255 | return true; | 
|  | 1256 | } | 
|  | 1257 | } | 
|  | 1258 | } | 
|  | 1259 |  | 
|  | 1260 | // Check to see if we have something like this: | 
|  | 1261 | //    load i32* P | 
|  | 1262 | //    load i8* (P+1) | 
|  | 1263 | // if we have this, replace the later with an extraction from the former. | 
|  | 1264 | if (LoadInst *DepLI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInfo.getInst())) { | 
|  | 1265 | // If this is a clobber and L is the first instruction in its block, then | 
|  | 1266 | // we have the first instruction in the entry block. | 
| Philip Reames | ae8997f | 2016-05-06 18:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | // Can't forward from non-atomic to atomic without violating memory model. | 
|  | 1268 | if (DepLI != LI && Address && LI->isAtomic() <= DepLI->isAtomic()) { | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | int Offset = | 
|  | 1270 | AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(LI->getType(), Address, DepLI, DL); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | if (Offset != -1) { | 
|  | 1273 | Res = AvailableValue::getLoad(DepLI, Offset); | 
|  | 1274 | return true; | 
|  | 1275 | } | 
|  | 1276 | } | 
|  | 1277 | } | 
|  | 1278 |  | 
|  | 1279 | // If the clobbering value is a memset/memcpy/memmove, see if we can | 
|  | 1280 | // forward a value on from it. | 
|  | 1281 | if (MemIntrinsic *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(DepInfo.getInst())) { | 
| Philip Reames | ae8997f | 2016-05-06 18:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | if (Address && !LI->isAtomic()) { | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(LI->getType(), Address, | 
|  | 1284 | DepMI, DL); | 
|  | 1285 | if (Offset != -1) { | 
|  | 1286 | Res = AvailableValue::getMI(DepMI, Offset); | 
|  | 1287 | return true; | 
|  | 1288 | } | 
|  | 1289 | } | 
|  | 1290 | } | 
|  | 1291 | // Nothing known about this clobber, have to be conservative | 
|  | 1292 | DEBUG( | 
|  | 1293 | // fast print dep, using operator<< on instruction is too slow. | 
|  | 1294 | dbgs() << "GVN: load "; | 
|  | 1295 | LI->printAsOperand(dbgs()); | 
|  | 1296 | Instruction *I = DepInfo.getInst(); | 
|  | 1297 | dbgs() << " is clobbered by " << *I << '\n'; | 
|  | 1298 | ); | 
|  | 1299 | return false; | 
|  | 1300 | } | 
|  | 1301 | assert(DepInfo.isDef() && "follows from above"); | 
|  | 1302 |  | 
|  | 1303 | Instruction *DepInst = DepInfo.getInst(); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | // Loading the allocation -> undef. | 
|  | 1306 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(DepInst) || isMallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI) || | 
|  | 1307 | // Loading immediately after lifetime begin -> undef. | 
|  | 1308 | isLifetimeStart(DepInst)) { | 
|  | 1309 | Res = AvailableValue::get(UndefValue::get(LI->getType())); | 
|  | 1310 | return true; | 
|  | 1311 | } | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | // Loading from calloc (which zero initializes memory) -> zero | 
|  | 1314 | if (isCallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI)) { | 
|  | 1315 | Res = AvailableValue::get(Constant::getNullValue(LI->getType())); | 
|  | 1316 | return true; | 
|  | 1317 | } | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | if (StoreInst *S = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInst)) { | 
|  | 1320 | // Reject loads and stores that are to the same address but are of | 
|  | 1321 | // different types if we have to. If the stored value is larger or equal to | 
|  | 1322 | // the loaded value, we can reuse it. | 
|  | 1323 | if (S->getValueOperand()->getType() != LI->getType() && | 
|  | 1324 | !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(S->getValueOperand(), | 
|  | 1325 | LI->getType(), DL)) | 
|  | 1326 | return false; | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 |  | 
| Philip Reames | ae8997f | 2016-05-06 18:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | // Can't forward from non-atomic to atomic without violating memory model. | 
|  | 1329 | if (S->isAtomic() < LI->isAtomic()) | 
|  | 1330 | return false; | 
|  | 1331 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | Res = AvailableValue::get(S->getValueOperand()); | 
|  | 1333 | return true; | 
|  | 1334 | } | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | if (LoadInst *LD = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInst)) { | 
|  | 1337 | // If the types mismatch and we can't handle it, reject reuse of the load. | 
|  | 1338 | // If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can reuse | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | // it. | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1340 | if (LD->getType() != LI->getType() && | 
|  | 1341 | !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(LD, LI->getType(), DL)) | 
|  | 1342 | return false; | 
|  | 1343 |  | 
| Philip Reames | ae8997f | 2016-05-06 18:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | // Can't forward from non-atomic to atomic without violating memory model. | 
|  | 1345 | if (LD->isAtomic() < LI->isAtomic()) | 
|  | 1346 | return false; | 
|  | 1347 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | Res = AvailableValue::getLoad(LD); | 
|  | 1349 | return true; | 
|  | 1350 | } | 
|  | 1351 |  | 
|  | 1352 | // Unknown def - must be conservative | 
|  | 1353 | DEBUG( | 
|  | 1354 | // fast print dep, using operator<< on instruction is too slow. | 
|  | 1355 | dbgs() << "GVN: load "; | 
|  | 1356 | LI->printAsOperand(dbgs()); | 
|  | 1357 | dbgs() << " has unknown def " << *DepInst << '\n'; | 
|  | 1358 | ); | 
|  | 1359 | return false; | 
|  | 1360 | } | 
|  | 1361 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps, | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, | 
|  | 1364 | UnavailBlkVect &UnavailableBlocks) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | // Filter out useless results (non-locals, etc).  Keep track of the blocks | 
|  | 1367 | // where we have a value available in repl, also keep track of whether we see | 
|  | 1368 | // dependencies that produce an unknown value for the load (such as a call | 
|  | 1369 | // that could potentially clobber the load). | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | unsigned NumDeps = Deps.size(); | 
| Bill Wendling | 8a33312 | 2012-01-31 06:57:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumDeps; i != e; ++i) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | BasicBlock *DepBB = Deps[i].getBB(); | 
|  | 1373 | MemDepResult DepInfo = Deps[i].getResult(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | if (DeadBlocks.count(DepBB)) { | 
|  | 1376 | // Dead dependent mem-op disguise as a load evaluating the same value | 
|  | 1377 | // as the load in question. | 
|  | 1378 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::getUndef(DepBB)); | 
|  | 1379 | continue; | 
|  | 1380 | } | 
|  | 1381 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c1702c8 | 2011-10-13 22:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | if (!DepInfo.isDef() && !DepInfo.isClobber()) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); | 
|  | 1384 | continue; | 
|  | 1385 | } | 
|  | 1386 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | // The address being loaded in this non-local block may not be the same as | 
|  | 1388 | // the pointer operand of the load if PHI translation occurs.  Make sure | 
|  | 1389 | // to consider the right address. | 
|  | 1390 | Value *Address = Deps[i].getAddress(); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | AvailableValue AV; | 
|  | 1393 | if (AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LI, DepInfo, Address, AV)) { | 
|  | 1394 | // subtlety: because we know this was a non-local dependency, we know | 
|  | 1395 | // it's safe to materialize anywhere between the instruction within | 
|  | 1396 | // DepInfo and the end of it's block. | 
|  | 1397 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB, | 
|  | 1398 | std::move(AV))); | 
|  | 1399 | } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 2876a64 | 2008-03-21 21:14:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | } | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 |  | 
|  | 1404 | assert(NumDeps == ValuesPerBlock.size() + UnavailableBlocks.size() && | 
|  | 1405 | "post condition violation"); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | bool GVN::PerformLoadPRE(LoadInst *LI, AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | UnavailBlkVect &UnavailableBlocks) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | // Okay, we have *some* definitions of the value.  This means that the value | 
|  | 1411 | // is available in some of our (transitive) predecessors.  Lets think about | 
|  | 1412 | // doing PRE of this load.  This will involve inserting a new load into the | 
|  | 1413 | // predecessor when it's not available.  We could do this in general, but | 
|  | 1414 | // prefer to not increase code size.  As such, we only do this when we know | 
|  | 1415 | // that we only have to insert *one* load (which means we're basically moving | 
|  | 1416 | // the load, not inserting a new one). | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 |  | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 4> Blockers(UnavailableBlocks.begin(), | 
|  | 1419 | UnavailableBlocks.end()); | 
| Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 |  | 
| Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | // Let's find the first basic block with more than one predecessor.  Walk | 
|  | 1422 | // backwards through predecessors if needed. | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | BasicBlock *LoadBB = LI->getParent(); | 
| Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | BasicBlock *TmpBB = LoadBB; | 
|  | 1425 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | while (TmpBB->getSinglePredecessor()) { | 
| Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | TmpBB = TmpBB->getSinglePredecessor(); | 
| Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | if (TmpBB == LoadBB) // Infinite (unreachable) loop. | 
|  | 1429 | return false; | 
|  | 1430 | if (Blockers.count(TmpBB)) | 
|  | 1431 | return false; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | b590a92 | 2010-09-25 05:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | // If any of these blocks has more than one successor (i.e. if the edge we | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | // just traversed was critical), then there are other paths through this | 
|  | 1435 | // block along which the load may not be anticipated.  Hoisting the load | 
| Owen Anderson | b590a92 | 2010-09-25 05:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | // above this block would be adding the load to execution paths along | 
|  | 1437 | // which it was not previously executed. | 
| Dale Johannesen | 81b6463 | 2009-06-17 20:48:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1438 | if (TmpBB->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) | 
| Owen Anderson | b590a92 | 2010-09-25 05:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1439 | return false; | 
| Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1440 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | assert(TmpBB); | 
|  | 1443 | LoadBB = TmpBB; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | // Check to see how many predecessors have the loaded value fully | 
|  | 1446 | // available. | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | MapVector<BasicBlock *, Value *> PredLoads; | 
| Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char> FullyAvailableBlocks; | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | for (const AvailableValueInBlock &AV : ValuesPerBlock) | 
|  | 1450 | FullyAvailableBlocks[AV.BB] = true; | 
|  | 1451 | for (BasicBlock *UnavailableBB : UnavailableBlocks) | 
|  | 1452 | FullyAvailableBlocks[UnavailableBB] = false; | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 4> CriticalEdgePred; | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | for (BasicBlock *Pred : predecessors(LoadBB)) { | 
| Andrew Kaylor | 0615a0e | 2015-11-23 19:51:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | // If any predecessor block is an EH pad that does not allow non-PHI | 
|  | 1457 | // instructions before the terminator, we can't PRE the load. | 
|  | 1458 | if (Pred->getTerminator()->isEHPad()) { | 
|  | 1459 | DEBUG(dbgs() | 
|  | 1460 | << "COULD NOT PRE LOAD BECAUSE OF AN EH PAD PREDECESSOR '" | 
|  | 1461 | << Pred->getName() << "': " << *LI << '\n'); | 
|  | 1462 | return false; | 
|  | 1463 | } | 
|  | 1464 |  | 
| Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | if (IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(Pred, FullyAvailableBlocks, 0)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | continue; | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | } | 
| Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | if (Pred->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) { | 
| Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())) { | 
|  | 1471 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "COULD NOT PRE LOAD BECAUSE OF INDBR CRITICAL EDGE '" | 
|  | 1472 | << Pred->getName() << "': " << *LI << '\n'); | 
|  | 1473 | return false; | 
|  | 1474 | } | 
| Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 |  | 
| David Majnemer | eb518bd | 2015-08-04 08:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | if (LoadBB->isEHPad()) { | 
| Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | DEBUG(dbgs() | 
| David Majnemer | eb518bd | 2015-08-04 08:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | << "COULD NOT PRE LOAD BECAUSE OF AN EH PAD CRITICAL EDGE '" | 
| Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | << Pred->getName() << "': " << *LI << '\n'); | 
|  | 1480 | return false; | 
|  | 1481 | } | 
|  | 1482 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | CriticalEdgePred.push_back(Pred); | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | } else { | 
|  | 1485 | // Only add the predecessors that will not be split for now. | 
|  | 1486 | PredLoads[Pred] = nullptr; | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | } | 
| Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | // Decide whether PRE is profitable for this load. | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | unsigned NumUnavailablePreds = PredLoads.size() + CriticalEdgePred.size(); | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | assert(NumUnavailablePreds != 0 && | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 | "Fully available value should already be eliminated!"); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 13a642d | 2010-10-01 20:02:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | // If this load is unavailable in multiple predecessors, reject it. | 
|  | 1496 | // FIXME: If we could restructure the CFG, we could make a common pred with | 
|  | 1497 | // all the preds that don't have an available LI and insert a new load into | 
|  | 1498 | // that one block. | 
|  | 1499 | if (NumUnavailablePreds != 1) | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | return false; | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 | // Split critical edges, and update the unavailable predecessors accordingly. | 
| Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 | for (BasicBlock *OrigPred : CriticalEdgePred) { | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1504 | BasicBlock *NewPred = splitCriticalEdges(OrigPred, LoadBB); | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | assert(!PredLoads.count(OrigPred) && "Split edges shouldn't be in map!"); | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | PredLoads[NewPred] = nullptr; | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Split critical edge " << OrigPred->getName() << "->" | 
|  | 1508 | << LoadBB->getName() << '\n'); | 
|  | 1509 | } | 
|  | 1510 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | // Check if the load can safely be moved to all the unavailable predecessors. | 
|  | 1512 | bool CanDoPRE = true; | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 44da5bd | 2009-11-28 15:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | SmallVector<Instruction*, 8> NewInsts; | 
| Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | for (auto &PredLoad : PredLoads) { | 
|  | 1516 | BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = PredLoad.first; | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 |  | 
|  | 1518 | // Do PHI translation to get its value in the predecessor if necessary.  The | 
|  | 1519 | // returned pointer (if non-null) is guaranteed to dominate UnavailablePred. | 
|  | 1520 |  | 
|  | 1521 | // If all preds have a single successor, then we know it is safe to insert | 
|  | 1522 | // the load on the pred (?!?), so we can insert code to materialize the | 
|  | 1523 | // pointer if it is not available. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | PHITransAddr Address(LI->getPointerOperand(), DL, AC); | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1525 | Value *LoadPtr = nullptr; | 
| Shuxin Yang | af2c3dd | 2013-05-02 21:14:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | LoadPtr = Address.PHITranslateWithInsertion(LoadBB, UnavailablePred, | 
|  | 1527 | *DT, NewInsts); | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 |  | 
|  | 1529 | // If we couldn't find or insert a computation of this phi translated value, | 
|  | 1530 | // we fail PRE. | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | if (!LoadPtr) { | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "COULDN'T INSERT PHI TRANSLATED VALUE OF: " | 
| Dan Gohman | d209911 | 2010-11-10 19:03:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | << *LI->getPointerOperand() << "\n"); | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | CanDoPRE = false; | 
|  | 1535 | break; | 
|  | 1536 | } | 
|  | 1537 |  | 
| Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | PredLoad.second = LoadPtr; | 
| Chris Lattner | 972e6d8 | 2009-12-09 01:59:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | } | 
|  | 1540 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | if (!CanDoPRE) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 193ce7c | 2011-01-11 08:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | while (!NewInsts.empty()) { | 
|  | 1543 | Instruction *I = NewInsts.pop_back_val(); | 
|  | 1544 | if (MD) MD->removeInstruction(I); | 
|  | 1545 | I->eraseFromParent(); | 
|  | 1546 | } | 
| Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | // HINT: Don't revert the edge-splitting as following transformation may | 
|  | 1548 | // also need to split these critical edges. | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | return !CriticalEdgePred.empty(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3214031 | 2009-11-28 16:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | } | 
| Dale Johannesen | 81b6463 | 2009-06-17 20:48:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | // Okay, we can eliminate this load by inserting a reload in the predecessor | 
|  | 1553 | // and using PHI construction to get the value in the other predecessors, do | 
|  | 1554 | // it. | 
| David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN REMOVING PRE LOAD: " << *LI << '\n'); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3214031 | 2009-11-28 16:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | DEBUG(if (!NewInsts.empty()) | 
| David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | dbgs() << "INSERTED " << NewInsts.size() << " INSTS: " | 
| Chris Lattner | 3214031 | 2009-11-28 16:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | << *NewInsts.back() << '\n'); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | // Assign value numbers to the new instructions. | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | for (Instruction *I : NewInsts) { | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | // FIXME: We really _ought_ to insert these value numbers into their | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 | // parent's availability map.  However, in doing so, we risk getting into | 
|  | 1564 | // ordering issues.  If a block hasn't been processed yet, we would be | 
|  | 1565 | // marking a value as AVAIL-IN, which isn't what we intend. | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | VN.lookupOrAdd(I); | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 |  | 
| Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | for (const auto &PredLoad : PredLoads) { | 
|  | 1570 | BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = PredLoad.first; | 
|  | 1571 | Value *LoadPtr = PredLoad.second; | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 4a3c3b6 | 2016-05-06 21:43:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | auto *NewLoad = new LoadInst(LoadPtr, LI->getName()+".pre", | 
|  | 1574 | LI->isVolatile(), LI->getAlignment(), | 
|  | 1575 | LI->getOrdering(), LI->getSynchScope(), | 
|  | 1576 | UnavailablePred->getTerminator()); | 
| Dan Gohman | 4467aa5 | 2010-12-15 23:53:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 |  | 
| Hal Finkel | cc39b67 | 2014-07-24 12:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | // Transfer the old load's AA tags to the new load. | 
|  | 1579 | AAMDNodes Tags; | 
|  | 1580 | LI->getAAMetadata(Tags); | 
|  | 1581 | if (Tags) | 
|  | 1582 | NewLoad->setAAMetadata(Tags); | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 |  | 
| Philip Reames | b6e8fe3 | 2015-11-17 00:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | if (auto *MD = LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_load)) | 
|  | 1585 | NewLoad->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_load, MD); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | dc9b2cf | 2015-10-02 22:12:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | if (auto *InvGroupMD = LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group)) | 
|  | 1587 | NewLoad->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, InvGroupMD); | 
| Sanjoy Das | 6fff9dc | 2016-05-27 19:03:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | if (auto *RangeMD = LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) | 
|  | 1589 | NewLoad->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range, RangeMD); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | dc9b2cf | 2015-10-02 22:12:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 |  | 
| Devang Patel | c5933f2 | 2011-05-17 19:43:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | // Transfer DebugLoc. | 
|  | 1592 | NewLoad->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc()); | 
|  | 1593 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | // Add the newly created load. | 
|  | 1595 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(UnavailablePred, | 
|  | 1596 | NewLoad)); | 
| Bob Wilson | 923261b | 2010-02-23 05:55:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(LoadPtr); | 
|  | 1598 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN INSERTED " << *NewLoad << '\n'); | 
| Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | // Perform PHI construction. | 
| Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | Value *V = ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LI, ValuesPerBlock, *this); | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V); | 
|  | 1604 | if (isa<PHINode>(V)) | 
|  | 1605 | V->takeName(LI); | 
| Alexey Samsonov | 89645df | 2015-06-10 17:37:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) | 
|  | 1607 | I->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc()); | 
| Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | if (V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
| Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(V); | 
| Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | markInstructionForDeletion(LI); | 
| Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1611 | ++NumPRELoad; | 
| Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | return true; | 
|  | 1613 | } | 
|  | 1614 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | /// Attempt to eliminate a load whose dependencies are | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | /// non-local by performing PHI construction. | 
|  | 1617 | bool GVN::processNonLocalLoad(LoadInst *LI) { | 
| Mike Aizatsky | c7810ba | 2015-11-18 20:43:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | // non-local speculations are not allowed under asan. | 
|  | 1619 | if (LI->getParent()->getParent()->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeAddress)) | 
|  | 1620 | return false; | 
|  | 1621 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | // Step 1: Find the non-local dependencies of the load. | 
|  | 1623 | LoadDepVect Deps; | 
| Philip Reames | 567feb9 | 2015-01-09 00:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | MD->getNonLocalPointerDependency(LI, Deps); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1625 |  | 
|  | 1626 | // If we had to process more than one hundred blocks to find the | 
|  | 1627 | // dependencies, this load isn't worth worrying about.  Optimizing | 
|  | 1628 | // it will be too expensive. | 
|  | 1629 | unsigned NumDeps = Deps.size(); | 
|  | 1630 | if (NumDeps > 100) | 
|  | 1631 | return false; | 
|  | 1632 |  | 
|  | 1633 | // If we had a phi translation failure, we'll have a single entry which is a | 
|  | 1634 | // clobber in the current block.  Reject this early. | 
|  | 1635 | if (NumDeps == 1 && | 
|  | 1636 | !Deps[0].getResult().isDef() && !Deps[0].getResult().isClobber()) { | 
|  | 1637 | DEBUG( | 
|  | 1638 | dbgs() << "GVN: non-local load "; | 
| Chandler Carruth | d48cdbf | 2014-01-09 02:29:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | LI->printAsOperand(dbgs()); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | dbgs() << " has unknown dependencies\n"; | 
|  | 1641 | ); | 
|  | 1642 | return false; | 
|  | 1643 | } | 
|  | 1644 |  | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | // If this load follows a GEP, see if we can PRE the indices before analyzing. | 
|  | 1646 | if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0))) { | 
|  | 1647 | for (GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator OI = GEP->idx_begin(), | 
|  | 1648 | OE = GEP->idx_end(); | 
|  | 1649 | OI != OE; ++OI) | 
|  | 1650 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OI->get())) | 
|  | 1651 | performScalarPRE(I); | 
|  | 1652 | } | 
|  | 1653 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1654 | // Step 2: Analyze the availability of the load | 
|  | 1655 | AvailValInBlkVect ValuesPerBlock; | 
|  | 1656 | UnavailBlkVect UnavailableBlocks; | 
|  | 1657 | AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LI, Deps, ValuesPerBlock, UnavailableBlocks); | 
|  | 1658 |  | 
|  | 1659 | // If we have no predecessors that produce a known value for this load, exit | 
|  | 1660 | // early. | 
|  | 1661 | if (ValuesPerBlock.empty()) | 
|  | 1662 | return false; | 
|  | 1663 |  | 
|  | 1664 | // Step 3: Eliminate fully redundancy. | 
|  | 1665 | // | 
|  | 1666 | // If all of the instructions we depend on produce a known value for this | 
|  | 1667 | // load, then it is fully redundant and we can use PHI insertion to compute | 
|  | 1668 | // its value.  Insert PHIs and remove the fully redundant value now. | 
|  | 1669 | if (UnavailableBlocks.empty()) { | 
|  | 1670 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN REMOVING NONLOCAL LOAD: " << *LI << '\n'); | 
|  | 1671 |  | 
|  | 1672 | // Perform PHI construction. | 
|  | 1673 | Value *V = ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LI, ValuesPerBlock, *this); | 
|  | 1674 | LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V); | 
|  | 1675 |  | 
|  | 1676 | if (isa<PHINode>(V)) | 
|  | 1677 | V->takeName(LI); | 
| Alexey Samsonov | 89645df | 2015-06-10 17:37:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) | 
| Adrian Prantl | a317cd2 | 2015-08-20 18:23:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | if (LI->getDebugLoc()) | 
|  | 1680 | I->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc()); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | if (V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
|  | 1682 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(V); | 
|  | 1683 | markInstructionForDeletion(LI); | 
|  | 1684 | ++NumGVNLoad; | 
|  | 1685 | return true; | 
|  | 1686 | } | 
|  | 1687 |  | 
|  | 1688 | // Step 4: Eliminate partial redundancy. | 
|  | 1689 | if (!EnablePRE || !EnableLoadPRE) | 
|  | 1690 | return false; | 
|  | 1691 |  | 
|  | 1692 | return PerformLoadPRE(LI, ValuesPerBlock, UnavailableBlocks); | 
|  | 1693 | } | 
|  | 1694 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | bool GVN::processAssumeIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst *IntrinsicI) { | 
|  | 1696 | assert(IntrinsicI->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::assume && | 
|  | 1697 | "This function can only be called with llvm.assume intrinsic"); | 
|  | 1698 | Value *V = IntrinsicI->getArgOperand(0); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 0c7d8fc | 2015-09-02 20:00:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 |  | 
|  | 1700 | if (ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) { | 
|  | 1701 | if (Cond->isZero()) { | 
|  | 1702 | Type *Int8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(V->getContext()); | 
|  | 1703 | // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that | 
|  | 1704 | // this code is not reachable.  FIXME: We could insert unreachable | 
|  | 1705 | // instruction directly because we can modify the CFG. | 
|  | 1706 | new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(Int8Ty), | 
|  | 1707 | Constant::getNullValue(Int8Ty->getPointerTo()), | 
|  | 1708 | IntrinsicI); | 
|  | 1709 | } | 
|  | 1710 | markInstructionForDeletion(IntrinsicI); | 
|  | 1711 | return false; | 
|  | 1712 | } | 
|  | 1713 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | Constant *True = ConstantInt::getTrue(V->getContext()); | 
|  | 1715 | bool Changed = false; | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 0c7d8fc | 2015-09-02 20:00:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | for (BasicBlock *Successor : successors(IntrinsicI->getParent())) { | 
|  | 1718 | BasicBlockEdge Edge(IntrinsicI->getParent(), Successor); | 
|  | 1719 |  | 
|  | 1720 | // This property is only true in dominated successors, propagateEquality | 
|  | 1721 | // will check dominance for us. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | Changed |= propagateEquality(V, True, Edge, false); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1723 | } | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 0c7d8fc | 2015-09-02 20:00:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | // We can replace assume value with true, which covers cases like this: | 
|  | 1726 | // call void @llvm.assume(i1 %cmp) | 
|  | 1727 | // br i1 %cmp, label %bb1, label %bb2 ; will change %cmp to true | 
|  | 1728 | ReplaceWithConstMap[V] = True; | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 | // If one of *cmp *eq operand is const, adding it to map will cover this: | 
|  | 1731 | // %cmp = fcmp oeq float 3.000000e+00, %0 ; const on lhs could happen | 
|  | 1732 | // call void @llvm.assume(i1 %cmp) | 
|  | 1733 | // ret float %0 ; will change it to ret float 3.000000e+00 | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | if (auto *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(V)) { | 
|  | 1735 | if (CmpI->getPredicate() == CmpInst::Predicate::ICMP_EQ || | 
|  | 1736 | CmpI->getPredicate() == CmpInst::Predicate::FCMP_OEQ || | 
|  | 1737 | (CmpI->getPredicate() == CmpInst::Predicate::FCMP_UEQ && | 
|  | 1738 | CmpI->getFastMathFlags().noNaNs())) { | 
|  | 1739 | Value *CmpLHS = CmpI->getOperand(0); | 
|  | 1740 | Value *CmpRHS = CmpI->getOperand(1); | 
|  | 1741 | if (isa<Constant>(CmpLHS)) | 
|  | 1742 | std::swap(CmpLHS, CmpRHS); | 
|  | 1743 | auto *RHSConst = dyn_cast<Constant>(CmpRHS); | 
|  | 1744 |  | 
|  | 1745 | // If only one operand is constant. | 
|  | 1746 | if (RHSConst != nullptr && !isa<Constant>(CmpLHS)) | 
|  | 1747 | ReplaceWithConstMap[CmpLHS] = RHSConst; | 
|  | 1748 | } | 
|  | 1749 | } | 
|  | 1750 | return Changed; | 
|  | 1751 | } | 
| Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 |  | 
| Dan Gohman | 0025359 | 2013-03-12 16:22:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | static void patchReplacementInstruction(Instruction *I, Value *Repl) { | 
| David Majnemer | d0ce8f1 | 2016-04-22 06:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | auto *ReplInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Repl); | 
|  | 1755 | if (!ReplInst) | 
|  | 1756 | return; | 
|  | 1757 |  | 
| Rafael Espindola | 47d988c | 2012-06-04 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | // Patch the replacement so that it is not more restrictive than the value | 
|  | 1759 | // being replaced. | 
| David Majnemer | d0ce8f1 | 2016-04-22 06:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | ReplInst->andIRFlags(I); | 
| David Majnemer | 63d606b | 2015-06-24 21:52:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 |  | 
| David Majnemer | d0ce8f1 | 2016-04-22 06:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 | // FIXME: If both the original and replacement value are part of the | 
|  | 1763 | // same control-flow region (meaning that the execution of one | 
|  | 1764 | // guarantees the execution of the other), then we can combine the | 
|  | 1765 | // noalias scopes here and do better than the general conservative | 
|  | 1766 | // answer used in combineMetadata(). | 
| Hal Finkel | 9414665 | 2014-07-24 14:25:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 |  | 
| David Majnemer | d0ce8f1 | 2016-04-22 06:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | // In general, GVN unifies expressions over different control-flow | 
|  | 1769 | // regions, and so we need a conservative combination of the noalias | 
|  | 1770 | // scopes. | 
|  | 1771 | static const unsigned KnownIDs[] = { | 
|  | 1772 | LLVMContext::MD_tbaa,           LLVMContext::MD_alias_scope, | 
|  | 1773 | LLVMContext::MD_noalias,        LLVMContext::MD_range, | 
|  | 1774 | LLVMContext::MD_fpmath,         LLVMContext::MD_invariant_load, | 
|  | 1775 | LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group}; | 
|  | 1776 | combineMetadata(ReplInst, I, KnownIDs); | 
| Rafael Espindola | 47d988c | 2012-06-04 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1777 | } | 
|  | 1778 |  | 
| Dan Gohman | 0025359 | 2013-03-12 16:22:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | static void patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *I, Value *Repl) { | 
|  | 1780 | patchReplacementInstruction(I, Repl); | 
| Rafael Espindola | 47d988c | 2012-06-04 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(Repl); | 
|  | 1782 | } | 
|  | 1783 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | /// Attempt to eliminate a load, first by eliminating it | 
| Owen Anderson | 221a436 | 2007-08-16 22:02:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | /// locally, and then attempting non-local elimination if that fails. | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) { | 
| Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | if (!MD) | 
|  | 1788 | return false; | 
|  | 1789 |  | 
| Philip Reames | ae8997f | 2016-05-06 18:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 | // This code hasn't been audited for ordered or volatile memory access | 
|  | 1791 | if (!L->isUnordered()) | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | return false; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | f0d5907 | 2011-05-22 07:03:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | if (L->use_empty()) { | 
|  | 1795 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); | 
|  | 1796 | return true; | 
|  | 1797 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | // ... to a pointer that has been loaded from before... | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | MemDepResult Dep = MD->getDependency(L); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 273dcb0 | 2016-01-25 23:37:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | // If it is defined in another block, try harder. | 
|  | 1803 | if (Dep.isNonLocal()) | 
|  | 1804 | return processNonLocalLoad(L); | 
|  | 1805 |  | 
|  | 1806 | // Only handle the local case below | 
|  | 1807 | if (!Dep.isDef() && !Dep.isClobber()) { | 
|  | 1808 | // This might be a NonFuncLocal or an Unknown | 
|  | 1809 | DEBUG( | 
|  | 1810 | // fast print dep, using operator<< on instruction is too slow. | 
|  | 1811 | dbgs() << "GVN: load "; | 
|  | 1812 | L->printAsOperand(dbgs()); | 
|  | 1813 | dbgs() << " has unknown dependence\n"; | 
|  | 1814 | ); | 
|  | 1815 | return false; | 
|  | 1816 | } | 
|  | 1817 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | AvailableValue AV; | 
|  | 1819 | if (AnalyzeLoadAvailability(L, Dep, L->getPointerOperand(), AV)) { | 
|  | 1820 | Value *AvailableValue = AV.MaterializeAdjustedValue(L, L, *this); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 |  | 
| Philip Reames | 96fccc2 | 2016-02-12 19:24:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | // Replace the load! | 
| Philip Reames | 10a50b1 | 2016-01-25 23:19:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(L, AvailableValue); | 
| Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | fd5c553 | 2014-06-12 21:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); | 
|  | 1825 | ++NumGVNLoad; | 
| Philip Reames | 10a50b1 | 2016-01-25 23:19:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | // Tell MDA to rexamine the reused pointer since we might have more | 
|  | 1827 | // information after forwarding it. | 
|  | 1828 | if (MD && AvailableValue->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
|  | 1829 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(AvailableValue); | 
| Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | fd5c553 | 2014-06-12 21:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 | return true; | 
|  | 1831 | } | 
|  | 1832 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | return false; | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | } | 
|  | 1835 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | // In order to find a leader for a given value number at a | 
| Owen Anderson | ea326db | 2010-11-19 22:48:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | // specific basic block, we first obtain the list of all Values for that number, | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | // and then scan the list to find one whose block dominates the block in | 
| Owen Anderson | ea326db | 2010-11-19 22:48:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | // question.  This is fast because dominator tree queries consist of only | 
|  | 1840 | // a few comparisons of DFS numbers. | 
| Rafael Espindola | 64e7b570 | 2012-08-10 15:55:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | Value *GVN::findLeader(const BasicBlock *BB, uint32_t num) { | 
| Owen Anderson | e39cb57 | 2011-01-04 19:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | LeaderTableEntry Vals = LeaderTable[num]; | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | if (!Vals.Val) return nullptr; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 |  | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | Value *Val = nullptr; | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1846 | if (DT->dominates(Vals.BB, BB)) { | 
|  | 1847 | Val = Vals.Val; | 
|  | 1848 | if (isa<Constant>(Val)) return Val; | 
|  | 1849 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | LeaderTableEntry* Next = Vals.Next; | 
| Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | while (Next) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | if (DT->dominates(Next->BB, BB)) { | 
|  | 1854 | if (isa<Constant>(Next->Val)) return Next->Val; | 
|  | 1855 | if (!Val) Val = Next->Val; | 
|  | 1856 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | Next = Next->Next; | 
| Owen Anderson | 1b3ea96 | 2008-06-20 01:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | return Val; | 
| Owen Anderson | 1b3ea96 | 2008-06-20 01:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | } | 
|  | 1863 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | /// There is an edge from 'Src' to 'Dst'.  Return | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | /// true if every path from the entry block to 'Dst' passes via this edge.  In | 
|  | 1866 | /// particular 'Dst' must not be reachable via another edge from 'Src'. | 
|  | 1867 | static bool isOnlyReachableViaThisEdge(const BasicBlockEdge &E, | 
|  | 1868 | DominatorTree *DT) { | 
|  | 1869 | // While in theory it is interesting to consider the case in which Dst has | 
|  | 1870 | // more than one predecessor, because Dst might be part of a loop which is | 
|  | 1871 | // only reachable from Src, in practice it is pointless since at the time | 
|  | 1872 | // GVN runs all such loops have preheaders, which means that Dst will have | 
|  | 1873 | // been changed to have only one predecessor, namely Src. | 
|  | 1874 | const BasicBlock *Pred = E.getEnd()->getSinglePredecessor(); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | assert((!Pred || Pred == E.getStart()) && | 
|  | 1876 | "No edge between these basic blocks!"); | 
| Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | return Pred != nullptr; | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | } | 
|  | 1879 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | // Tries to replace instruction with const, using information from | 
|  | 1881 | // ReplaceWithConstMap. | 
|  | 1882 | bool GVN::replaceOperandsWithConsts(Instruction *Instr) const { | 
|  | 1883 | bool Changed = false; | 
|  | 1884 | for (unsigned OpNum = 0; OpNum < Instr->getNumOperands(); ++OpNum) { | 
|  | 1885 | Value *Operand = Instr->getOperand(OpNum); | 
|  | 1886 | auto it = ReplaceWithConstMap.find(Operand); | 
|  | 1887 | if (it != ReplaceWithConstMap.end()) { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 0c7d8fc | 2015-09-02 20:00:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | assert(!isa<Constant>(Operand) && | 
|  | 1889 | "Replacing constants with constants is invalid"); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | dc9b2cf | 2015-10-02 22:12:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN replacing: " << *Operand << " with " << *it->second | 
|  | 1891 | << " in instruction " << *Instr << '\n'); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | Instr->setOperand(OpNum, it->second); | 
|  | 1893 | Changed = true; | 
|  | 1894 | } | 
|  | 1895 | } | 
|  | 1896 | return Changed; | 
|  | 1897 | } | 
|  | 1898 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | /// The given values are known to be equal in every block | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | /// dominated by 'Root'.  Exploit this, for example by replacing 'LHS' with | 
|  | 1901 | /// 'RHS' everywhere in the scope.  Returns whether a change was made. | 
| David L Kreitzer | 4d7257d | 2016-01-21 21:32:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | /// If DominatesByEdge is false, then it means that we will propagate the RHS | 
|  | 1903 | /// value starting from the end of Root.Start. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | bool GVN::propagateEquality(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const BasicBlockEdge &Root, | 
|  | 1905 | bool DominatesByEdge) { | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | SmallVector<std::pair<Value*, Value*>, 4> Worklist; | 
|  | 1907 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(LHS, RHS)); | 
| Duncan Sands | f537a6e | 2011-10-15 11:13:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | bool Changed = false; | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1909 | // For speed, compute a conservative fast approximation to | 
|  | 1910 | // DT->dominates(Root, Root.getEnd()); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | const bool RootDominatesEnd = isOnlyReachableViaThisEdge(Root, DT); | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | while (!Worklist.empty()) { | 
|  | 1914 | std::pair<Value*, Value*> Item = Worklist.pop_back_val(); | 
|  | 1915 | LHS = Item.first; RHS = Item.second; | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | if (LHS == RHS) | 
|  | 1918 | continue; | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "Equality but unequal types!"); | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | // Don't try to propagate equalities between constants. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | if (isa<Constant>(LHS) && isa<Constant>(RHS)) | 
|  | 1923 | continue; | 
| Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | // Prefer a constant on the right-hand side, or an Argument if no constants. | 
|  | 1926 | if (isa<Constant>(LHS) || (isa<Argument>(LHS) && !isa<Constant>(RHS))) | 
|  | 1927 | std::swap(LHS, RHS); | 
|  | 1928 | assert((isa<Argument>(LHS) || isa<Instruction>(LHS)) && "Unexpected value!"); | 
| Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | 06d5589 | 2015-01-12 21:21:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | // If there is no obvious reason to prefer the left-hand side over the | 
|  | 1931 | // right-hand side, ensure the longest lived term is on the right-hand side, | 
|  | 1932 | // so the shortest lived term will be replaced by the longest lived. | 
|  | 1933 | // This tends to expose more simplifications. | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | uint32_t LVN = VN.lookupOrAdd(LHS); | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | if ((isa<Argument>(LHS) && isa<Argument>(RHS)) || | 
|  | 1936 | (isa<Instruction>(LHS) && isa<Instruction>(RHS))) { | 
| Sanjay Patel | 06d5589 | 2015-01-12 21:21:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | // Move the 'oldest' value to the right-hand side, using the value number | 
|  | 1938 | // as a proxy for age. | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | uint32_t RVN = VN.lookupOrAdd(RHS); | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | if (LVN < RVN) { | 
|  | 1941 | std::swap(LHS, RHS); | 
|  | 1942 | LVN = RVN; | 
| Duncan Sands | 9edea84 | 2012-02-27 12:11:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1943 | } | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1944 | } | 
| Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | 4df5e96 | 2012-05-22 14:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | // If value numbering later sees that an instruction in the scope is equal | 
|  | 1947 | // to 'LHS' then ensure it will be turned into 'RHS'.  In order to preserve | 
|  | 1948 | // the invariant that instructions only occur in the leader table for their | 
|  | 1949 | // own value number (this is used by removeFromLeaderTable), do not do this | 
|  | 1950 | // if RHS is an instruction (if an instruction in the scope is morphed into | 
|  | 1951 | // LHS then it will be turned into RHS by the next GVN iteration anyway, so | 
|  | 1952 | // using the leader table is about compiling faster, not optimizing better). | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | // The leader table only tracks basic blocks, not edges. Only add to if we | 
|  | 1954 | // have the simple case where the edge dominates the end. | 
|  | 1955 | if (RootDominatesEnd && !isa<Instruction>(RHS)) | 
|  | 1956 | addToLeaderTable(LVN, RHS, Root.getEnd()); | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 |  | 
|  | 1958 | // Replace all occurrences of 'LHS' with 'RHS' everywhere in the scope.  As | 
|  | 1959 | // LHS always has at least one use that is not dominated by Root, this will | 
|  | 1960 | // never do anything if LHS has only one use. | 
|  | 1961 | if (!LHS->hasOneUse()) { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 | unsigned NumReplacements = | 
|  | 1963 | DominatesByEdge | 
|  | 1964 | ? replaceDominatedUsesWith(LHS, RHS, *DT, Root) | 
| Dehao Chen | ddd0c12 | 2016-09-01 23:26:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 | : replaceDominatedUsesWith(LHS, RHS, *DT, Root.getStart(), false); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | Changed |= NumReplacements > 0; | 
|  | 1968 | NumGVNEqProp += NumReplacements; | 
|  | 1969 | } | 
|  | 1970 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | 06d5589 | 2015-01-12 21:21:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | // Now try to deduce additional equalities from this one. For example, if | 
|  | 1972 | // the known equality was "(A != B)" == "false" then it follows that A and B | 
|  | 1973 | // are equal in the scope. Only boolean equalities with an explicit true or | 
|  | 1974 | // false RHS are currently supported. | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 | if (!RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) | 
|  | 1976 | // Not a boolean equality - bail out. | 
|  | 1977 | continue; | 
|  | 1978 | ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS); | 
|  | 1979 | if (!CI) | 
|  | 1980 | // RHS neither 'true' nor 'false' - bail out. | 
|  | 1981 | continue; | 
|  | 1982 | // Whether RHS equals 'true'.  Otherwise it equals 'false'. | 
|  | 1983 | bool isKnownTrue = CI->isAllOnesValue(); | 
|  | 1984 | bool isKnownFalse = !isKnownTrue; | 
|  | 1985 |  | 
|  | 1986 | // If "A && B" is known true then both A and B are known true.  If "A || B" | 
|  | 1987 | // is known false then both A and B are known false. | 
|  | 1988 | Value *A, *B; | 
|  | 1989 | if ((isKnownTrue && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) || | 
|  | 1990 | (isKnownFalse && match(LHS, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) { | 
|  | 1991 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(A, RHS)); | 
|  | 1992 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(B, RHS)); | 
|  | 1993 | continue; | 
|  | 1994 | } | 
|  | 1995 |  | 
|  | 1996 | // If we are propagating an equality like "(A == B)" == "true" then also | 
|  | 1997 | // propagate the equality A == B.  When propagating a comparison such as | 
|  | 1998 | // "(A >= B)" == "true", replace all instances of "A < B" with "false". | 
| Sanjay Patel | 5f1d9ea | 2015-01-12 19:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | if (CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(LHS)) { | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | Value *Op0 = Cmp->getOperand(0), *Op1 = Cmp->getOperand(1); | 
|  | 2001 |  | 
|  | 2002 | // If "A == B" is known true, or "A != B" is known false, then replace | 
|  | 2003 | // A with B everywhere in the scope. | 
|  | 2004 | if ((isKnownTrue && Cmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ) || | 
|  | 2005 | (isKnownFalse && Cmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)) | 
|  | 2006 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(Op0, Op1)); | 
|  | 2007 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | 5f1d9ea | 2015-01-12 19:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 | // Handle the floating point versions of equality comparisons too. | 
|  | 2009 | if ((isKnownTrue && Cmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::FCMP_OEQ) || | 
| Sanjay Patel | 4f07a56 | 2015-01-29 20:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | (isKnownFalse && Cmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::FCMP_UNE)) { | 
| Sanjay Patel | cc29f4f | 2015-02-25 22:46:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 |  | 
|  | 2012 | // Floating point -0.0 and 0.0 compare equal, so we can only | 
|  | 2013 | // propagate values if we know that we have a constant and that | 
|  | 2014 | // its value is non-zero. | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | 4f07a56 | 2015-01-29 20:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | // FIXME: We should do this optimization if 'no signed zeros' is | 
|  | 2017 | // applicable via an instruction-level fast-math-flag or some other | 
|  | 2018 | // indicator that relaxed FP semantics are being used. | 
| Sanjay Patel | cc29f4f | 2015-02-25 22:46:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 |  | 
|  | 2020 | if (isa<ConstantFP>(Op1) && !cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)->isZero()) | 
| Sanjay Patel | 4f07a56 | 2015-01-29 20:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(Op0, Op1)); | 
|  | 2022 | } | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | // If "A >= B" is known true, replace "A < B" with false everywhere. | 
|  | 2025 | CmpInst::Predicate NotPred = Cmp->getInversePredicate(); | 
|  | 2026 | Constant *NotVal = ConstantInt::get(Cmp->getType(), isKnownFalse); | 
| Sanjay Patel | 06d5589 | 2015-01-12 21:21:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | // Since we don't have the instruction "A < B" immediately to hand, work | 
|  | 2028 | // out the value number that it would have and use that to find an | 
|  | 2029 | // appropriate instruction (if any). | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 | uint32_t NextNum = VN.getNextUnusedValueNumber(); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | uint32_t Num = VN.lookupOrAddCmp(Cmp->getOpcode(), NotPred, Op0, Op1); | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | // If the number we were assigned was brand new then there is no point in | 
|  | 2033 | // looking for an instruction realizing it: there cannot be one! | 
|  | 2034 | if (Num < NextNum) { | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | Value *NotCmp = findLeader(Root.getEnd(), Num); | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2036 | if (NotCmp && isa<Instruction>(NotCmp)) { | 
|  | 2037 | unsigned NumReplacements = | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | DominatesByEdge | 
|  | 2039 | ? replaceDominatedUsesWith(NotCmp, NotVal, *DT, Root) | 
|  | 2040 | : replaceDominatedUsesWith(NotCmp, NotVal, *DT, | 
| Dehao Chen | ddd0c12 | 2016-09-01 23:26:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | Root.getStart(), false); | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2042 | Changed |= NumReplacements > 0; | 
|  | 2043 | NumGVNEqProp += NumReplacements; | 
|  | 2044 | } | 
|  | 2045 | } | 
|  | 2046 | // Ensure that any instruction in scope that gets the "A < B" value number | 
|  | 2047 | // is replaced with false. | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | // The leader table only tracks basic blocks, not edges. Only add to if we | 
|  | 2049 | // have the simple case where the edge dominates the end. | 
|  | 2050 | if (RootDominatesEnd) | 
|  | 2051 | addToLeaderTable(Num, NotVal, Root.getEnd()); | 
| Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 |  | 
|  | 2053 | continue; | 
|  | 2054 | } | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | } | 
|  | 2056 |  | 
|  | 2057 | return Changed; | 
|  | 2058 | } | 
| Owen Anderson | bfe133e | 2008-12-15 02:03:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | /// When calculating availability, handle an instruction | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | /// by inserting it into the appropriate sets | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | bool GVN::processInstruction(Instruction *I) { | 
| Devang Patel | 03936a1 | 2010-02-11 00:20:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | // Ignore dbg info intrinsics. | 
|  | 2064 | if (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(I)) | 
|  | 2065 | return false; | 
|  | 2066 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | 246b71c | 2010-11-12 21:10:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 | // If the instruction can be easily simplified then do so now in preference | 
|  | 2068 | // to value numbering it.  Value numbering often exposes redundancies, for | 
|  | 2069 | // example if it determines that %y is equal to %x then the instruction | 
|  | 2070 | // "%z = and i32 %x, %y" becomes "%z = and i32 %x, %x" which we now simplify. | 
| Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | const DataLayout &DL = I->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | 
| Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(I, DL, TLI, DT, AC)) { | 
| David Majnemer | b8da3a2 | 2016-06-25 00:04:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | bool Changed = false; | 
|  | 2074 | if (!I->use_empty()) { | 
|  | 2075 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(V); | 
|  | 2076 | Changed = true; | 
|  | 2077 | } | 
|  | 2078 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I, TLI)) { | 
|  | 2079 | markInstructionForDeletion(I); | 
|  | 2080 | Changed = true; | 
|  | 2081 | } | 
|  | 2082 | if (Changed) { | 
|  | 2083 | if (MD && V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
|  | 2084 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(V); | 
|  | 2085 | ++NumGVNSimpl; | 
|  | 2086 | return true; | 
|  | 2087 | } | 
| Duncan Sands | 246b71c | 2010-11-12 21:10:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | } | 
|  | 2089 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | if (IntrinsicInst *IntrinsicI = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) | 
|  | 2091 | if (IntrinsicI->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::assume) | 
|  | 2092 | return processAssumeIntrinsic(IntrinsicI); | 
|  | 2093 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | if (processLoad(LI)) | 
|  | 2096 | return true; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | unsigned Num = VN.lookupOrAdd(LI); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | addToLeaderTable(Num, LI, LI->getParent()); | 
|  | 2100 | return false; | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2101 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | // For conditional branches, we can perform simple conditional propagation on | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | // the condition value itself. | 
|  | 2105 | if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(I)) { | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | if (!BI->isConditional()) | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | return false; | 
| Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2109 | if (isa<Constant>(BI->getCondition())) | 
|  | 2110 | return processFoldableCondBr(BI); | 
| Bill Wendling | fed6c22 | 2013-11-10 07:34:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | Value *BranchCond = BI->getCondition(); | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | BasicBlock *TrueSucc = BI->getSuccessor(0); | 
|  | 2114 | BasicBlock *FalseSucc = BI->getSuccessor(1); | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | // Avoid multiple edges early. | 
|  | 2116 | if (TrueSucc == FalseSucc) | 
|  | 2117 | return false; | 
|  | 2118 |  | 
| Duncan Sands | e90dd05 | 2011-10-05 14:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | BasicBlock *Parent = BI->getParent(); | 
| Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 | bool Changed = false; | 
| Duncan Sands | e90dd05 | 2011-10-05 14:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 |  | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | Value *TrueVal = ConstantInt::getTrue(TrueSucc->getContext()); | 
|  | 2123 | BasicBlockEdge TrueE(Parent, TrueSucc); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | Changed |= propagateEquality(BranchCond, TrueVal, TrueE, true); | 
| Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 |  | 
| Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2126 | Value *FalseVal = ConstantInt::getFalse(FalseSucc->getContext()); | 
|  | 2127 | BasicBlockEdge FalseE(Parent, FalseSucc); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | Changed |= propagateEquality(BranchCond, FalseVal, FalseE, true); | 
| Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 |  | 
|  | 2130 | return Changed; | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 | } | 
| Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 |  | 
|  | 2133 | // For switches, propagate the case values into the case destinations. | 
|  | 2134 | if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(I)) { | 
|  | 2135 | Value *SwitchCond = SI->getCondition(); | 
|  | 2136 | BasicBlock *Parent = SI->getParent(); | 
|  | 2137 | bool Changed = false; | 
| Benjamin Kramer | dd62d6b | 2012-08-24 15:06:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2138 |  | 
|  | 2139 | // Remember how many outgoing edges there are to every successor. | 
|  | 2140 | SmallDenseMap<BasicBlock *, unsigned, 16> SwitchEdges; | 
|  | 2141 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != n; ++i) | 
|  | 2142 | ++SwitchEdges[SI->getSuccessor(i)]; | 
|  | 2143 |  | 
| Stepan Dyatkovskiy | 97b02fc | 2012-03-11 06:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | for (SwitchInst::CaseIt i = SI->case_begin(), e = SI->case_end(); | 
| Stepan Dyatkovskiy | 5b648af | 2012-03-08 07:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | i != e; ++i) { | 
|  | 2146 | BasicBlock *Dst = i.getCaseSuccessor(); | 
| Benjamin Kramer | dd62d6b | 2012-08-24 15:06:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2147 | // If there is only a single edge, propagate the case value into it. | 
|  | 2148 | if (SwitchEdges.lookup(Dst) == 1) { | 
|  | 2149 | BasicBlockEdge E(Parent, Dst); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 28ffcbe | 2015-09-02 19:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | Changed |= propagateEquality(SwitchCond, i.getCaseValue(), E, true); | 
| Benjamin Kramer | dd62d6b | 2012-08-24 15:06:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | } | 
| Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2152 | } | 
|  | 2153 | return Changed; | 
|  | 2154 | } | 
|  | 2155 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 7b25ff0 | 2011-01-04 22:15:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 | // Instructions with void type don't return a value, so there's | 
| Duncan Sands | 1be25a7 | 2012-02-27 09:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2157 | // no point in trying to find redundancies in them. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | if (I->getType()->isVoidTy()) | 
|  | 2159 | return false; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 41a1550 | 2011-01-04 18:54:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 | uint32_t NextNum = VN.getNextUnusedValueNumber(); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | unsigned Num = VN.lookupOrAdd(I); | 
| Owen Anderson | 41a1550 | 2011-01-04 18:54:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 0c1e634 | 2008-04-07 09:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2164 | // Allocations are always uniquely numbered, so we can save time and memory | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | // by fast failing them. | 
| Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) || isa<TerminatorInst>(I) || isa<PHINode>(I)) { | 
| Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | addToLeaderTable(Num, I, I->getParent()); | 
| Owen Anderson | 0c1e634 | 2008-04-07 09:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | return false; | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 3ea90a7 | 2008-07-03 17:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | // If the number we were assigned was a brand new VN, then we don't | 
|  | 2172 | // need to do a lookup to see if the number already exists | 
|  | 2173 | // somewhere in the domtree: it can't! | 
| Duncan Sands | 1be25a7 | 2012-02-27 09:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2174 | if (Num >= NextNum) { | 
| Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | addToLeaderTable(Num, I, I->getParent()); | 
| Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2176 | return false; | 
|  | 2177 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2178 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | bfe133e | 2008-12-15 02:03:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 | // Perform fast-path value-number based elimination of values inherited from | 
|  | 2180 | // dominators. | 
| Tim Northover | d4f55c0 | 2015-10-23 20:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 | Value *Repl = findLeader(I->getParent(), Num); | 
|  | 2182 | if (!Repl) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | // Failure, just remember this instance for future use. | 
| Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | addToLeaderTable(Num, I, I->getParent()); | 
| Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2185 | return false; | 
| Tim Northover | d4f55c0 | 2015-10-23 20:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2186 | } else if (Repl == I) { | 
|  | 2187 | // If I was the result of a shortcut PRE, it might already be in the table | 
|  | 2188 | // and the best replacement for itself. Nothing to do. | 
|  | 2189 | return false; | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | } | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | // Remove it! | 
| Tim Northover | d4f55c0 | 2015-10-23 20:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(I, Repl); | 
|  | 2194 | if (MD && Repl->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
|  | 2195 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(Repl); | 
| Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2196 | markInstructionForDeletion(I); | 
| Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | return true; | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | } | 
|  | 2199 |  | 
| Bill Wendling | 456e885 | 2008-12-22 22:32:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | /// runOnFunction - This is the main transformation entry point for a function. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | bool GVN::runImpl(Function &F, AssumptionCache &RunAC, DominatorTree &RunDT, | 
|  | 2202 | const TargetLibraryInfo &RunTLI, AAResults &RunAA, | 
|  | 2203 | MemoryDependenceResults *RunMD) { | 
|  | 2204 | AC = &RunAC; | 
|  | 2205 | DT = &RunDT; | 
| Chris Lattner | 8541ede | 2008-12-01 00:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | VN.setDomTree(DT); | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | TLI = &RunTLI; | 
|  | 2208 | VN.setAliasAnalysis(&RunAA); | 
|  | 2209 | MD = RunMD; | 
|  | 2210 | VN.setMemDep(MD); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | bool Changed = false; | 
|  | 2213 | bool ShouldContinue = true; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | ac31096 | 2008-07-16 17:52:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | // Merge unconditional branches, allowing PRE to catch more | 
|  | 2216 | // optimization opportunities. | 
|  | 2217 | for (Function::iterator FI = F.begin(), FE = F.end(); FI != FE; ) { | 
| Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 3a9c9e3 | 2015-10-13 18:26:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | BasicBlock *BB = &*FI++; | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 |  | 
| Chandler Carruth | 96ada25 | 2015-07-22 09:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | bool removedBlock = | 
|  | 2221 | MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(BB, DT, /* LoopInfo */ nullptr, MD); | 
| Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | if (removedBlock) ++NumGVNBlocks; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | Changed |= removedBlock; | 
| Owen Anderson | ac31096 | 2008-07-16 17:52:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0a5a8d5 | 2008-12-09 19:21:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | unsigned Iteration = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | while (ShouldContinue) { | 
| David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN iteration: " << Iteration << "\n"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | ShouldContinue = iterateOnFunction(F); | 
|  | 2231 | Changed |= ShouldContinue; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0a5a8d5 | 2008-12-09 19:21:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | ++Iteration; | 
| Owen Anderson | 676070d | 2007-08-14 18:04:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 04a6e0b | 2008-07-18 18:03:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | if (EnablePRE) { | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | // Fabricate val-num for dead-code in order to suppress assertion in | 
|  | 2237 | // performPRE(). | 
|  | 2238 | assignValNumForDeadCode(); | 
| Owen Anderson | 2fbfb70 | 2008-09-03 23:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | bool PREChanged = true; | 
|  | 2240 | while (PREChanged) { | 
|  | 2241 | PREChanged = performPRE(F); | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | Changed |= PREChanged; | 
| Owen Anderson | 2fbfb70 | 2008-09-03 23:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | } | 
| Owen Anderson | 04a6e0b | 2008-07-18 18:03:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | } | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0a5a8d5 | 2008-12-09 19:21:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | // FIXME: Should perform GVN again after PRE does something.  PRE can move | 
|  | 2247 | // computations into blocks where they become fully redundant.  Note that | 
|  | 2248 | // we can't do this until PRE's critical edge splitting updates memdep. | 
|  | 2249 | // Actually, when this happens, we should just fully integrate PRE into GVN. | 
| Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 |  | 
|  | 2251 | cleanupGlobalSets(); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | // Do not cleanup DeadBlocks in cleanupGlobalSets() as it's called for each | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | // iteration. | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | DeadBlocks.clear(); | 
| Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | return Changed; | 
| Owen Anderson | 676070d | 2007-08-14 18:04:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | } | 
|  | 2258 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | bool GVN::processBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | // FIXME: Kill off InstrsToErase by doing erasing eagerly in a helper function | 
|  | 2261 | // (and incrementing BI before processing an instruction). | 
|  | 2262 | assert(InstrsToErase.empty() && | 
|  | 2263 | "We expect InstrsToErase to be empty across iterations"); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | if (DeadBlocks.count(BB)) | 
|  | 2265 | return false; | 
|  | 2266 |  | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | // Clearing map before every BB because it can be used only for single BB. | 
|  | 2268 | ReplaceWithConstMap.clear(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | bool ChangedFunction = false; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin(), BE = BB->end(); | 
|  | 2272 | BI != BE;) { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 14e815c | 2015-09-02 19:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | if (!ReplaceWithConstMap.empty()) | 
| Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 3a9c9e3 | 2015-10-13 18:26:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 | ChangedFunction |= replaceOperandsWithConsts(&*BI); | 
|  | 2275 | ChangedFunction |= processInstruction(&*BI); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 0c7d8fc | 2015-09-02 20:00:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | if (InstrsToErase.empty()) { | 
| Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | ++BI; | 
|  | 2279 | continue; | 
|  | 2280 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | // If we need some instructions deleted, do it now. | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | NumGVNInstr += InstrsToErase.size(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | // Avoid iterator invalidation. | 
|  | 2286 | bool AtStart = BI == BB->begin(); | 
|  | 2287 | if (!AtStart) | 
|  | 2288 | --BI; | 
|  | 2289 |  | 
| Craig Topper | af0dea1 | 2013-07-04 01:31:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *>::iterator I = InstrsToErase.begin(), | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 | E = InstrsToErase.end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
| David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN removed: " << **I << '\n'); | 
| Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 | if (MD) MD->removeInstruction(*I); | 
| Bill Wendling | ebb6a54 | 2008-12-22 21:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | DEBUG(verifyRemoved(*I)); | 
| Dan Gohman | fd41de0 | 2013-02-12 18:44:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | (*I)->eraseFromParent(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 8541ede | 2008-12-01 00:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | InstrsToErase.clear(); | 
| Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 |  | 
|  | 2299 | if (AtStart) | 
|  | 2300 | BI = BB->begin(); | 
|  | 2301 | else | 
|  | 2302 | ++BI; | 
| Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | return ChangedFunction; | 
| Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | } | 
|  | 2307 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | // Instantiate an expression in a predecessor that lacked it. | 
|  | 2309 | bool GVN::performScalarPREInsertion(Instruction *Instr, BasicBlock *Pred, | 
|  | 2310 | unsigned int ValNo) { | 
|  | 2311 | // Because we are going top-down through the block, all value numbers | 
|  | 2312 | // will be available in the predecessor by the time we need them.  Any | 
|  | 2313 | // that weren't originally present will have been instantiated earlier | 
|  | 2314 | // in this loop. | 
|  | 2315 | bool success = true; | 
|  | 2316 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Instr->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { | 
|  | 2317 | Value *Op = Instr->getOperand(i); | 
|  | 2318 | if (isa<Argument>(Op) || isa<Constant>(Op) || isa<GlobalValue>(Op)) | 
|  | 2319 | continue; | 
| Weiming Zhao | b69babd | 2015-11-19 02:45:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | // This could be a newly inserted instruction, in which case, we won't | 
|  | 2321 | // find a value number, and should give up before we hurt ourselves. | 
|  | 2322 | // FIXME: Rewrite the infrastructure to let it easier to value number | 
|  | 2323 | // and process newly inserted instructions. | 
|  | 2324 | if (!VN.exists(Op)) { | 
|  | 2325 | success = false; | 
|  | 2326 | break; | 
|  | 2327 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | if (Value *V = findLeader(Pred, VN.lookup(Op))) { | 
|  | 2329 | Instr->setOperand(i, V); | 
|  | 2330 | } else { | 
|  | 2331 | success = false; | 
|  | 2332 | break; | 
|  | 2333 | } | 
|  | 2334 | } | 
|  | 2335 |  | 
|  | 2336 | // Fail out if we encounter an operand that is not available in | 
|  | 2337 | // the PRE predecessor.  This is typically because of loads which | 
|  | 2338 | // are not value numbered precisely. | 
|  | 2339 | if (!success) | 
|  | 2340 | return false; | 
|  | 2341 |  | 
|  | 2342 | Instr->insertBefore(Pred->getTerminator()); | 
|  | 2343 | Instr->setName(Instr->getName() + ".pre"); | 
|  | 2344 | Instr->setDebugLoc(Instr->getDebugLoc()); | 
|  | 2345 | VN.add(Instr, ValNo); | 
|  | 2346 |  | 
|  | 2347 | // Update the availability map to include the new instruction. | 
|  | 2348 | addToLeaderTable(ValNo, Instr, Pred); | 
|  | 2349 | return true; | 
|  | 2350 | } | 
|  | 2351 |  | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | bool GVN::performScalarPRE(Instruction *CurInst) { | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(CurInst) || isa<TerminatorInst>(CurInst) || | 
|  | 2354 | isa<PHINode>(CurInst) || CurInst->getType()->isVoidTy() || | 
|  | 2355 | CurInst->mayReadFromMemory() || CurInst->mayHaveSideEffects() || | 
|  | 2356 | isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(CurInst)) | 
|  | 2357 | return false; | 
|  | 2358 |  | 
|  | 2359 | // Don't do PRE on compares. The PHI would prevent CodeGenPrepare from | 
|  | 2360 | // sinking the compare again, and it would force the code generator to | 
|  | 2361 | // move the i1 from processor flags or predicate registers into a general | 
|  | 2362 | // purpose register. | 
|  | 2363 | if (isa<CmpInst>(CurInst)) | 
|  | 2364 | return false; | 
|  | 2365 |  | 
|  | 2366 | // We don't currently value number ANY inline asm calls. | 
|  | 2367 | if (CallInst *CallI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(CurInst)) | 
|  | 2368 | if (CallI->isInlineAsm()) | 
|  | 2369 | return false; | 
|  | 2370 |  | 
|  | 2371 | uint32_t ValNo = VN.lookup(CurInst); | 
|  | 2372 |  | 
|  | 2373 | // Look for the predecessors for PRE opportunities.  We're | 
|  | 2374 | // only trying to solve the basic diamond case, where | 
|  | 2375 | // a value is computed in the successor and one predecessor, | 
|  | 2376 | // but not the other.  We also explicitly disallow cases | 
|  | 2377 | // where the successor is its own predecessor, because they're | 
|  | 2378 | // more complicated to get right. | 
|  | 2379 | unsigned NumWith = 0; | 
|  | 2380 | unsigned NumWithout = 0; | 
|  | 2381 | BasicBlock *PREPred = nullptr; | 
|  | 2382 | BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = CurInst->getParent(); | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | SmallVector<std::pair<Value *, BasicBlock *>, 8> predMap; | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | for (BasicBlock *P : predecessors(CurrentBlock)) { | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | // We're not interested in PRE where the block is its | 
|  | 2387 | // own predecessor, or in blocks with predecessors | 
|  | 2388 | // that are not reachable. | 
|  | 2389 | if (P == CurrentBlock) { | 
|  | 2390 | NumWithout = 2; | 
|  | 2391 | break; | 
|  | 2392 | } else if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(P)) { | 
|  | 2393 | NumWithout = 2; | 
|  | 2394 | break; | 
|  | 2395 | } | 
|  | 2396 |  | 
|  | 2397 | Value *predV = findLeader(P, ValNo); | 
|  | 2398 | if (!predV) { | 
|  | 2399 | predMap.push_back(std::make_pair(static_cast<Value *>(nullptr), P)); | 
|  | 2400 | PREPred = P; | 
|  | 2401 | ++NumWithout; | 
|  | 2402 | } else if (predV == CurInst) { | 
|  | 2403 | /* CurInst dominates this predecessor. */ | 
|  | 2404 | NumWithout = 2; | 
|  | 2405 | break; | 
|  | 2406 | } else { | 
|  | 2407 | predMap.push_back(std::make_pair(predV, P)); | 
|  | 2408 | ++NumWith; | 
|  | 2409 | } | 
|  | 2410 | } | 
|  | 2411 |  | 
|  | 2412 | // Don't do PRE when it might increase code size, i.e. when | 
|  | 2413 | // we would need to insert instructions in more than one pred. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | if (NumWithout > 1 || NumWith == 0) | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | return false; | 
|  | 2416 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | // We may have a case where all predecessors have the instruction, | 
|  | 2418 | // and we just need to insert a phi node. Otherwise, perform | 
|  | 2419 | // insertion. | 
|  | 2420 | Instruction *PREInstr = nullptr; | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | if (NumWithout != 0) { | 
|  | 2423 | // Don't do PRE across indirect branch. | 
|  | 2424 | if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(PREPred->getTerminator())) | 
|  | 2425 | return false; | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | // We can't do PRE safely on a critical edge, so instead we schedule | 
|  | 2428 | // the edge to be split and perform the PRE the next time we iterate | 
|  | 2429 | // on the function. | 
|  | 2430 | unsigned SuccNum = GetSuccessorNumber(PREPred, CurrentBlock); | 
|  | 2431 | if (isCriticalEdge(PREPred->getTerminator(), SuccNum)) { | 
|  | 2432 | toSplit.push_back(std::make_pair(PREPred->getTerminator(), SuccNum)); | 
|  | 2433 | return false; | 
|  | 2434 | } | 
|  | 2435 | // We need to insert somewhere, so let's give it a shot | 
|  | 2436 | PREInstr = CurInst->clone(); | 
|  | 2437 | if (!performScalarPREInsertion(PREInstr, PREPred, ValNo)) { | 
|  | 2438 | // If we failed insertion, make sure we remove the instruction. | 
|  | 2439 | DEBUG(verifyRemoved(PREInstr)); | 
|  | 2440 | delete PREInstr; | 
|  | 2441 | return false; | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | } | 
|  | 2443 | } | 
|  | 2444 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | // Either we should have filled in the PRE instruction, or we should | 
|  | 2446 | // not have needed insertions. | 
|  | 2447 | assert (PREInstr != nullptr || NumWithout == 0); | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 |  | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | ++NumGVNPRE; | 
|  | 2450 |  | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 | // Create a PHI to make the value available in this block. | 
|  | 2452 | PHINode *Phi = | 
|  | 2453 | PHINode::Create(CurInst->getType(), predMap.size(), | 
| Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 3a9c9e3 | 2015-10-13 18:26:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | CurInst->getName() + ".pre-phi", &CurrentBlock->front()); | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = predMap.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
|  | 2456 | if (Value *V = predMap[i].first) | 
|  | 2457 | Phi->addIncoming(V, predMap[i].second); | 
|  | 2458 | else | 
|  | 2459 | Phi->addIncoming(PREInstr, PREPred); | 
|  | 2460 | } | 
|  | 2461 |  | 
|  | 2462 | VN.add(Phi, ValNo); | 
|  | 2463 | addToLeaderTable(ValNo, Phi, CurrentBlock); | 
|  | 2464 | Phi->setDebugLoc(CurInst->getDebugLoc()); | 
|  | 2465 | CurInst->replaceAllUsesWith(Phi); | 
| Chandler Carruth | 9f2bf1af | 2015-07-18 03:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | if (MD && Phi->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) | 
|  | 2467 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(Phi); | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | VN.erase(CurInst); | 
|  | 2469 | removeFromLeaderTable(ValNo, CurInst, CurrentBlock); | 
|  | 2470 |  | 
|  | 2471 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN PRE removed: " << *CurInst << '\n'); | 
|  | 2472 | if (MD) | 
|  | 2473 | MD->removeInstruction(CurInst); | 
|  | 2474 | DEBUG(verifyRemoved(CurInst)); | 
|  | 2475 | CurInst->eraseFromParent(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | ++NumGVNInstr; | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 |  | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | return true; | 
|  | 2479 | } | 
|  | 2480 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | /// Perform a purely local form of PRE that looks for diamond | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | /// control flow patterns and attempts to perform simple PRE at the join point. | 
| Chris Lattner | a546dcf | 2009-10-31 22:11:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | bool GVN::performPRE(Function &F) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6f5bf6a | 2008-12-01 07:35:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | bool Changed = false; | 
| David Blaikie | ceec2bd | 2014-04-11 01:50:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | for (BasicBlock *CurrentBlock : depth_first(&F.getEntryBlock())) { | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | // Nothing to PRE in the entry block. | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | if (CurrentBlock == &F.getEntryBlock()) | 
|  | 2488 | continue; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2489 |  | 
| David Majnemer | eb518bd | 2015-08-04 08:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2490 | // Don't perform PRE on an EH pad. | 
|  | 2491 | if (CurrentBlock->isEHPad()) | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 | continue; | 
| Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2494 | for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = CurrentBlock->begin(), | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 | BE = CurrentBlock->end(); | 
|  | 2496 | BI != BE;) { | 
| Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 3a9c9e3 | 2015-10-13 18:26:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | Instruction *CurInst = &*BI++; | 
| Mehdi Amini | adb4057 | 2015-11-18 22:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | Changed |= performScalarPRE(CurInst); | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 | } | 
|  | 2500 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 | if (splitCriticalEdges()) | 
|  | 2503 | Changed = true; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 |  | 
| Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 | return Changed; | 
|  | 2506 | } | 
|  | 2507 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2508 | /// Split the critical edge connecting the given two blocks, and return | 
|  | 2509 | /// the block inserted to the critical edge. | 
|  | 2510 | BasicBlock *GVN::splitCriticalEdges(BasicBlock *Pred, BasicBlock *Succ) { | 
| Chandler Carruth | 96ada25 | 2015-07-22 09:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 | BasicBlock *BB = | 
|  | 2512 | SplitCriticalEdge(Pred, Succ, CriticalEdgeSplittingOptions(DT)); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2513 | if (MD) | 
|  | 2514 | MD->invalidateCachedPredecessors(); | 
|  | 2515 | return BB; | 
|  | 2516 | } | 
|  | 2517 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | /// Split critical edges found during the previous | 
| Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 | /// iteration that may enable further optimization. | 
|  | 2520 | bool GVN::splitCriticalEdges() { | 
|  | 2521 | if (toSplit.empty()) | 
|  | 2522 | return false; | 
|  | 2523 | do { | 
|  | 2524 | std::pair<TerminatorInst*, unsigned> Edge = toSplit.pop_back_val(); | 
| Chandler Carruth | 37df2cf | 2015-01-19 12:09:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 | SplitCriticalEdge(Edge.first, Edge.second, | 
| Chandler Carruth | 96ada25 | 2015-07-22 09:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | CriticalEdgeSplittingOptions(DT)); | 
| Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 | } while (!toSplit.empty()); | 
| Evan Cheng | 7263cf843 | 2010-03-01 22:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | if (MD) MD->invalidateCachedPredecessors(); | 
| Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | return true; | 
| Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | } | 
|  | 2531 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | /// Executes one iteration of GVN | 
| Owen Anderson | 676070d | 2007-08-14 18:04:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | bool GVN::iterateOnFunction(Function &F) { | 
| Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2534 | cleanupGlobalSets(); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | // Top-down walk of the dominator tree | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | bool Changed = false; | 
| Chad Rosier | 8716b58 | 2014-11-13 22:54:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2538 | // Save the blocks this function have before transformation begins. GVN may | 
|  | 2539 | // split critical edge, and hence may invalidate the RPO/DT iterator. | 
|  | 2540 | // | 
|  | 2541 | std::vector<BasicBlock *> BBVect; | 
|  | 2542 | BBVect.reserve(256); | 
| Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | // Needed for value numbering with phi construction to work. | 
|  | 2544 | ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function *> RPOT(&F); | 
|  | 2545 | for (ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function *>::rpo_iterator RI = RPOT.begin(), | 
|  | 2546 | RE = RPOT.end(); | 
|  | 2547 | RI != RE; ++RI) | 
|  | 2548 | BBVect.push_back(*RI); | 
| Chad Rosier | 8716b58 | 2014-11-13 22:54:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 |  | 
|  | 2550 | for (std::vector<BasicBlock *>::iterator I = BBVect.begin(), E = BBVect.end(); | 
|  | 2551 | I != E; I++) | 
|  | 2552 | Changed |= processBlock(*I); | 
| Chad Rosier | 8716b58 | 2014-11-13 22:54:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | return Changed; | 
| Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | } | 
| Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 |  | 
|  | 2557 | void GVN::cleanupGlobalSets() { | 
|  | 2558 | VN.clear(); | 
| Owen Anderson | e39cb57 | 2011-01-04 19:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | LeaderTable.clear(); | 
| Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | TableAllocator.Reset(); | 
| Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | } | 
| Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | /// Verify that the specified instruction does not occur in our | 
| Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | /// internal data structures. | 
| Bill Wendling | e7f08e7 | 2008-12-22 22:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | void GVN::verifyRemoved(const Instruction *Inst) const { | 
|  | 2566 | VN.verifyRemoved(Inst); | 
| Bill Wendling | 3c79344 | 2008-12-22 22:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 |  | 
| Bill Wendling | e7f08e7 | 2008-12-22 22:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | // Walk through the value number scope to make sure the instruction isn't | 
|  | 2569 | // ferreted away in it. | 
| Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | for (DenseMap<uint32_t, LeaderTableEntry>::const_iterator | 
| Owen Anderson | e39cb57 | 2011-01-04 19:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | I = LeaderTable.begin(), E = LeaderTable.end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
| Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 | const LeaderTableEntry *Node = &I->second; | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2573 | assert(Node->Val != Inst && "Inst still in value numbering scope!"); | 
| Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2574 |  | 
| Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | while (Node->Next) { | 
|  | 2576 | Node = Node->Next; | 
|  | 2577 | assert(Node->Val != Inst && "Inst still in value numbering scope!"); | 
| Bill Wendling | 3c79344 | 2008-12-22 22:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | } | 
|  | 2579 | } | 
| Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | } | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | /// BB is declared dead, which implied other blocks become dead as well. This | 
|  | 2583 | /// function is to add all these blocks to "DeadBlocks". For the dead blocks' | 
|  | 2584 | /// live successors, update their phi nodes by replacing the operands | 
|  | 2585 | /// corresponding to dead blocks with UndefVal. | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 | void GVN::addDeadBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { | 
|  | 2587 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 4> NewDead; | 
|  | 2588 | SmallSetVector<BasicBlock *, 4> DF; | 
|  | 2589 |  | 
|  | 2590 | NewDead.push_back(BB); | 
|  | 2591 | while (!NewDead.empty()) { | 
|  | 2592 | BasicBlock *D = NewDead.pop_back_val(); | 
|  | 2593 | if (DeadBlocks.count(D)) | 
|  | 2594 | continue; | 
|  | 2595 |  | 
|  | 2596 | // All blocks dominated by D are dead. | 
|  | 2597 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> Dom; | 
|  | 2598 | DT->getDescendants(D, Dom); | 
|  | 2599 | DeadBlocks.insert(Dom.begin(), Dom.end()); | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | // Figure out the dominance-frontier(D). | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | for (BasicBlock *B : Dom) { | 
|  | 2603 | for (BasicBlock *S : successors(B)) { | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | if (DeadBlocks.count(S)) | 
|  | 2605 | continue; | 
|  | 2606 |  | 
|  | 2607 | bool AllPredDead = true; | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | for (BasicBlock *P : predecessors(S)) | 
|  | 2609 | if (!DeadBlocks.count(P)) { | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | AllPredDead = false; | 
|  | 2611 | break; | 
|  | 2612 | } | 
|  | 2613 |  | 
|  | 2614 | if (!AllPredDead) { | 
|  | 2615 | // S could be proved dead later on. That is why we don't update phi | 
|  | 2616 | // operands at this moment. | 
|  | 2617 | DF.insert(S); | 
|  | 2618 | } else { | 
|  | 2619 | // While S is not dominated by D, it is dead by now. This could take | 
|  | 2620 | // place if S already have a dead predecessor before D is declared | 
|  | 2621 | // dead. | 
|  | 2622 | NewDead.push_back(S); | 
|  | 2623 | } | 
|  | 2624 | } | 
|  | 2625 | } | 
|  | 2626 | } | 
|  | 2627 |  | 
|  | 2628 | // For the dead blocks' live successors, update their phi nodes by replacing | 
|  | 2629 | // the operands corresponding to dead blocks with UndefVal. | 
|  | 2630 | for(SmallSetVector<BasicBlock *, 4>::iterator I = DF.begin(), E = DF.end(); | 
|  | 2631 | I != E; I++) { | 
|  | 2632 | BasicBlock *B = *I; | 
|  | 2633 | if (DeadBlocks.count(B)) | 
|  | 2634 | continue; | 
|  | 2635 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | f1ec34b | 2013-11-12 08:33:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 4> Preds(pred_begin(B), pred_end(B)); | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | for (BasicBlock *P : Preds) { | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | if (!DeadBlocks.count(P)) | 
|  | 2639 | continue; | 
|  | 2640 |  | 
|  | 2641 | if (isCriticalEdge(P->getTerminator(), GetSuccessorNumber(P, B))) { | 
|  | 2642 | if (BasicBlock *S = splitCriticalEdges(P, B)) | 
|  | 2643 | DeadBlocks.insert(P = S); | 
|  | 2644 | } | 
|  | 2645 |  | 
|  | 2646 | for (BasicBlock::iterator II = B->begin(); isa<PHINode>(II); ++II) { | 
|  | 2647 | PHINode &Phi = cast<PHINode>(*II); | 
|  | 2648 | Phi.setIncomingValue(Phi.getBasicBlockIndex(P), | 
|  | 2649 | UndefValue::get(Phi.getType())); | 
|  | 2650 | } | 
|  | 2651 | } | 
|  | 2652 | } | 
|  | 2653 | } | 
|  | 2654 |  | 
|  | 2655 | // If the given branch is recognized as a foldable branch (i.e. conditional | 
|  | 2656 | // branch with constant condition), it will perform following analyses and | 
|  | 2657 | // transformation. | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | //  1) If the dead out-coming edge is a critical-edge, split it. Let | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | //     R be the target of the dead out-coming edge. | 
|  | 2660 | //  1) Identify the set of dead blocks implied by the branch's dead outcoming | 
|  | 2661 | //     edge. The result of this step will be {X| X is dominated by R} | 
| Benjamin Kramer | df005cb | 2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | //  2) Identify those blocks which haves at least one dead predecessor. The | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | //     result of this step will be dominance-frontier(R). | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | //  3) Update the PHIs in DF(R) by replacing the operands corresponding to | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | //     dead blocks with "UndefVal" in an hope these PHIs will optimized away. | 
|  | 2666 | // | 
|  | 2667 | // Return true iff *NEW* dead code are found. | 
|  | 2668 | bool GVN::processFoldableCondBr(BranchInst *BI) { | 
|  | 2669 | if (!BI || BI->isUnconditional()) | 
|  | 2670 | return false; | 
|  | 2671 |  | 
| Peter Collingbourne | 2a3443c | 2015-06-25 18:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | // If a branch has two identical successors, we cannot declare either dead. | 
|  | 2673 | if (BI->getSuccessor(0) == BI->getSuccessor(1)) | 
|  | 2674 | return false; | 
|  | 2675 |  | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition()); | 
|  | 2677 | if (!Cond) | 
|  | 2678 | return false; | 
|  | 2679 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | BasicBlock *DeadRoot = | 
|  | 2681 | Cond->getZExtValue() ? BI->getSuccessor(1) : BI->getSuccessor(0); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | if (DeadBlocks.count(DeadRoot)) | 
|  | 2683 | return false; | 
|  | 2684 |  | 
|  | 2685 | if (!DeadRoot->getSinglePredecessor()) | 
|  | 2686 | DeadRoot = splitCriticalEdges(BI->getParent(), DeadRoot); | 
|  | 2687 |  | 
|  | 2688 | addDeadBlock(DeadRoot); | 
|  | 2689 | return true; | 
|  | 2690 | } | 
|  | 2691 |  | 
| JF Bastien | ac8b66b | 2014-08-05 23:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | // performPRE() will trigger assert if it comes across an instruction without | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | // associated val-num. As it normally has far more live instructions than dead | 
|  | 2694 | // instructions, it makes more sense just to "fabricate" a val-number for the | 
|  | 2695 | // dead code than checking if instruction involved is dead or not. | 
|  | 2696 | void GVN::assignValNumForDeadCode() { | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | for (BasicBlock *BB : DeadBlocks) { | 
|  | 2698 | for (Instruction &Inst : *BB) { | 
| Chad Rosier | 712b7d7 | 2016-04-28 16:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 | unsigned ValNum = VN.lookupOrAdd(&Inst); | 
| Craig Topper | e471cf3 | 2015-11-28 08:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2700 | addToLeaderTable(ValNum, &Inst, BB); | 
| Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2701 | } | 
|  | 2702 | } | 
|  | 2703 | } | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 |  | 
|  | 2705 | class llvm::gvn::GVNLegacyPass : public FunctionPass { | 
|  | 2706 | public: | 
|  | 2707 | static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid | 
|  | 2708 | explicit GVNLegacyPass(bool NoLoads = false) | 
|  | 2709 | : FunctionPass(ID), NoLoads(NoLoads) { | 
|  | 2710 | initializeGVNLegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); | 
|  | 2711 | } | 
|  | 2712 |  | 
|  | 2713 | bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override { | 
| Andrew Kaylor | aa641a5 | 2016-04-22 22:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | if (skipFunction(F)) | 
| Chandler Carruth | 89c45a1 | 2016-03-11 08:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 | return false; | 
|  | 2716 |  | 
|  | 2717 | return Impl.runImpl( | 
|  | 2718 | F, getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F), | 
|  | 2719 | getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(), | 
|  | 2720 | getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(), | 
|  | 2721 | getAnalysis<AAResultsWrapperPass>().getAAResults(), | 
|  | 2722 | NoLoads ? nullptr | 
|  | 2723 | : &getAnalysis<MemoryDependenceWrapperPass>().getMemDep()); | 
|  | 2724 | } | 
|  | 2725 |  | 
|  | 2726 | void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override { | 
|  | 2727 | AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>(); | 
|  | 2728 | AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 2729 | AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 2730 | if (!NoLoads) | 
|  | 2731 | AU.addRequired<MemoryDependenceWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 2732 | AU.addRequired<AAResultsWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 2733 |  | 
|  | 2734 | AU.addPreserved<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 2735 | AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 2736 | } | 
|  | 2737 |  | 
|  | 2738 | private: | 
|  | 2739 | bool NoLoads; | 
|  | 2740 | GVN Impl; | 
|  | 2741 | }; | 
|  | 2742 |  | 
|  | 2743 | char GVNLegacyPass::ID = 0; | 
|  | 2744 |  | 
|  | 2745 | // The public interface to this file... | 
|  | 2746 | FunctionPass *llvm::createGVNPass(bool NoLoads) { | 
|  | 2747 | return new GVNLegacyPass(NoLoads); | 
|  | 2748 | } | 
|  | 2749 |  | 
|  | 2750 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(GVNLegacyPass, "gvn", "Global Value Numbering", false, false) | 
|  | 2751 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker) | 
|  | 2752 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(MemoryDependenceWrapperPass) | 
|  | 2753 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) | 
|  | 2754 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass) | 
|  | 2755 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AAResultsWrapperPass) | 
|  | 2756 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(GlobalsAAWrapperPass) | 
|  | 2757 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(GVNLegacyPass, "gvn", "Global Value Numbering", false, false) |